In certain transient states, it's possible that a table has attributes
with attgenerated set but no default expressions in pg_attrdef yet.
In that case, the old code path would not set
relation->rd_att->constr->has_generated_stored, unless
relation->rd_att->constr was also populated for some other reason.
There was probably no practical impact, but it's better to keep this
consistent.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20200115181105.ad6ab6dlgyww3lb6%40alap3.anarazel.de
This new field tracks the PID of the group leader used with parallel
query. For parallel workers and the leader, the value is set to the
PID of the group leader. So, for the group leader, the value is the
same as its own PID. Note that this reflects what PGPROC stores in
shared memory, so as leader_pid is NULL if a backend has never been
involved in parallel query. If the backend is using parallel query or
has used it at least once, the value is set until the backend exits.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Sergei Kornilov, Guillaume Lelarge, Michael Paquier, Tomas
Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_Yy5bt0vTPZ2_LUM6cUcGeqmYNoJ8-Rgto+c2+w3defYA@mail.gmail.com
Using 32 bit counters means they can now realistically wrap around when
vacuuming extremely large tables. Because they're signed integers,
stats printed by vacuum look very odd when they do.
We'd love to backpatch this, but refrain because the variables are
exported and could cause third-party code to break.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200131205926.GA16367@alvherre.pgsql
Those new assertions can be used at file scope, outside of any function
for compilation checks. This commit provides implementations for C and
C++, and fallback implementations.
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker,
Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201DD0641B056142AC8C6645EC1B5F62014B8E8030@SYD1217
Using a lookup table of digit pairs reduces the number of divisions
needed, and calculating the length upfront saves some work; these
ideas are taken from the code previously committed for floats.
David Fetter, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tels, and me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190924052620.GP31596%40fetter.org
This code would accept "strinX", where X is any 1-byte character,
as meaning "string". Clearly it wasn't meant to do that.
No back-patch, since this doesn't affect correct queries and
there's some tiny chance we'd break somebody's incorrect query
in a minor release.
Report and patch by Dominik Czarnota.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABEVAa1dU0mDCAfaT8WF2adVXTDsLVJy_izotg6ze_hh-cn8qQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit fc7695891 changed CheckAttributeType to recurse into ranges,
but made it pass down the wrong collation (always InvalidOid, since
ranges as such have no collation). This would result in guaranteed
failure when considering a range type whose subtype is collatable.
Embarrassingly, we lack any regression tests that would expose such
a problem (but fortunately, somebody noticed before we shipped this
bug in any release).
Fix it to pass down the range's subtype collation property instead,
and add some regression test cases to exercise collatable-subtype
ranges a bit more. Back-patch to all supported branches, as the
previous patch was.
Report and patch by Julien Rouhaud, test cases tweaked by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_aBWqNweiGUFX0guzBKkcfJ8mnnyyGC_KBQmO12Mj5f_A@mail.gmail.com
When running a lot of large parallel queries concurrently, or a plan with
a lot of separate Gather nodes, it is possible to run out of DSM slots.
There are better solutions to these problems requiring architectural
redesign work, but for now, let's adjust the constants so that it's more
difficult to hit the limit.
1. Previously, a DSA area would create up to four segments at each size
before doubling the size. After this commit, it will create only two at
each size, so it ramps up faster and therefore needs fewer slots.
2. Previously, the total limit on DSM slots allowed for 2 per connection.
Switch to 5 per connection.
Also remove an obsolete nearby comment.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postre.es/m/CA%2BhUKGL6H2BpGbiF7Lj6QiTjTGyTLW_vLR%3DSn2tEBeTcYXiMKw%40mail.gmail.com
We used to strategically place newlines after some function call left
parentheses to make pgindent move the argument list a few chars to the
left, so that the whole line would fit under 80 chars. However,
pgindent no longer does that, so the newlines just made the code
vertically longer for no reason. Remove those newlines, and reflow some
of those lines for some extra naturality.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200129200401.GA6303@alvherre.pgsql
To make this work, (1) makeJsonLexContextCstringLen now takes the
encoding to be used as an argument; (2) check_stack_depth() is made to
do nothing in frontend code, and (3) elog(ERROR, ...) is changed to
pg_log_fatal + exit in frontend code.
Mark Dilger, reviewed and slightly revised by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
In the wake of 1f3a02173, assorted buildfarm members were warning about
"control reaches end of non-void function" or the like. Do what we've
done elsewhere: in place of a "default" switch case that will prevent
the compiler from warning about unhandled enum values, put a catchall
elog() after the switch. And return a dummy value to satisfy compilers
that don't know elog() doesn't return.
Specifically, move those functions that depend on ereport()
from jsonapi.c to jsonfuncs.c, in preparation for allowing
jsonapi.c to be used from frontend code.
A few cases where elog(ERROR, ...) is used for can't-happen
conditions are left alone; we can handle those in some other
way in frontend code.
Reviewed by Mark Dilger and Andrew Dunstan.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
Instead, it now returns a value indicating either success or the
type of error which occurred. The old behavior is still available
by calling pg_parse_json_or_ereport(). If the new interface is
used, an error can be thrown by passing the return value of
pg_parse_json() to json_ereport_error().
pg_parse_json() can still elog() in can't-happen cases, but it
seems like that issue is best handled separately.
Adjust json_lex() and json_count_array_elements() to return an
error code, too.
This is all in preparation for making the backend's json parser
available to frontend code.
Reviewed and/or tested by Mark Dilger and Andrew Dunstan.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
In non-TEXT output formats, the "Settings" field should appear when
requested, even if it would be empty.
Also, get rid of the premature optimization of counting all the
GUC_EXPLAIN variables at startup. Since there was no provision for
adjusting that count later, all it'd take would be some extension marking
a parameter as GUC_EXPLAIN to risk an assertion failure or memory stomp.
We could make get_explain_guc_options() count those variables on-the-fly,
or dynamically resize its array ... but TBH I do not think that making a
transient array of pointers a bit smaller is worth any extra complication,
especially when you consider all the other transient space EXPLAIN eats.
So just allocate that array at the max possible size.
In HEAD, also add some regression test coverage for this feature.
Because of the memory-stomp hazard, back-patch to v12 where this
feature was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19416.1580069629@sss.pgh.pa.us
At first glance, this function seems useful, but it actually increases
the amount of code required rather than decreasing it. Inline the
logic into the callers instead; most callers don't use the 'lexeme'
argument for anything and as a result considerable simplification is
possible.
Along the way, fix the header comment for the nearby function
lex_expect(), which mislabeled it as lex_accept().
Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele, Mark Dilger, and Andrew
Dunstan.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
Keep the code that pertains to the 'json' data type in json.c, but
move the lexing and parsing code to a new file jsonapi.c, a name
I chose because the corresponding prototypes are in jsonapi.h.
This seems like a logical division, because the JSON lexer and parser
are also used by the 'jsonb' data type, but the SQL-callable functions
in json.c are a separate thing. Also, the new jsonapi.c file needs to
include far fewer header files than json.c, which seems like a good
sign that this is an appropriate place to insert an abstraction
boundary. I took the opportunity to remove a few apparently-unneeded
includes from json.c at the same time.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele, Mark Dilger, and Andrew
Dunstan. The previous commit was, too, but I forgot to note it
in the commit message.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYfOXhd27MUDGioVh6QtpD0C1K-f6ObSA10AWiHBAL5bA@mail.gmail.com
The major change here is that we no longer include jsonb.h into
jsonapi.h. The reason that was necessary is that jsonapi.h included
several prototypes functions in jsonfuncs.c that depend on the Jsonb
type. Move those prototypes to a new header, jsonfuncs.h, and include
it where needed.
The other change is that JsonEncodeDateTime is now declared in
json.h rather than jsonapi.h.
Taken together, these steps eliminate all dependencies of jsonapi.h
on backend-only data types and header files, so that it can
potentially be included in frontend code.
I had supposed that the from_char_seq_search() call sites were
all passing the constant arrays you'd expect them to pass ...
but on looking closer, the one for DY format was passing the
days[] array not days_short[]. This accidentally worked because
the day abbreviations in English are all the same as the first
three letters of the full day names. However, once we took out
the "maximum comparison length" logic, it stopped working.
As penance for that oversight, add regression test cases covering
this, as well as every other switch case in DCH_from_char() that
was not reached according to the code coverage report.
Also, fold the DCH_RM and DCH_rm cases into one --- now that
seq_search is case independent, there's no need to pass different
comparison arrays for those cases.
Back-patch, as the previous commit was.
seq_search(), which is used to match input substrings to constants
such as month and day names, had a lot of bizarre and unnecessary
behaviors. It was mostly possible to avert our eyes from that before,
but we don't want to duplicate those behaviors in the upcoming patch
to allow recognition of non-English month and day names. So it's time
to clean this up. In particular:
* seq_search scribbled on the input string, which is a pretty dangerous
thing to do, especially in the badly underdocumented way it was done here.
Fortunately the input string is a temporary copy, but that was being made
three subroutine levels away, making it something easy to break
accidentally. The behavior is externally visible nonetheless, in the form
of odd case-folding in error reports about unrecognized month/day names.
The scribbling is evidently being done to save a few calls to pg_tolower,
but that's such a cheap function (at least for ASCII data) that it's
pretty pointless to worry about. In HEAD I switched it to be
pg_ascii_tolower to ensure it is cheap in all cases; but there are corner
cases in Turkish where this'd change behavior, so leave it as pg_tolower
in the back branches.
* seq_search insisted on knowing the case form (all-upper, all-lower,
or initcap) of the constant strings, so that it didn't have to case-fold
them to perform case-insensitive comparisons. This likewise seems like
excessive micro-optimization, given that pg_tolower is certainly very
cheap for ASCII data. It seems unsafe to assume that we know the case
form that will come out of pg_locale.c for localized month/day names, so
it's better just to define the comparison rule as "downcase all strings
before comparing". (The choice between downcasing and upcasing is
arbitrary so far as English is concerned, but it might not be in other
locales, so follow citext's lead here.)
* seq_search also had a parameter that'd cause it to report a match
after a maximum number of characters, even if the constant string were
longer than that. This was not actually used because no caller passed
a value small enough to cut off a comparison. Replicating that behavior
for localized month/day names seems expensive as well as useless, so
let's get rid of that too.
* from_char_seq_search used the maximum-length parameter to truncate
the input string in error reports about not finding a matching name.
This leads to rather confusing reports in many cases. Worse, it is
outright dangerous if the input string isn't all-ASCII, because we
risk truncating the string in the middle of a multibyte character.
That'd lead either to delivering an illegible error message to the
client, or to encoding-conversion failures that obscure the actual
data problem. Get rid of that in favor of truncating at whitespace
if any (a suggestion due to Alvaro Herrera).
In addition to fixing these things, I const-ified the input string
pointers of DCH_from_char and its subroutines, to make sure there
aren't any other scribbling-on-input problems.
The risk of generating a badly-encoded error message seems like
enough of a bug to justify back-patching, so patch all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29432.1579731087@sss.pgh.pa.us
Detection of WAL records having references to invalid pages
during recovery causes PostgreSQL to raise a PANIC-level error,
aborting the recovery. Setting ignore_invalid_pages to on causes
the system to ignore those WAL records (but still report a warning),
and continue recovery. This behavior may cause crashes, data loss,
propagate or hide corruption, or other serious problems.
However, it may allow you to get past the PANIC-level error,
to finish the recovery, and to cause the server to start up.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHGQGwHCK6f77yeZD4MHOnN+PaTf6XiJfEB+Ce7SksSHjeAWtg@mail.gmail.com
Some buildfarm members were still warning about this, because in
9c679a08f I'd missed decorating one of the ereport() code paths
with a dummy return.
Also, adjust the error messages to be more in line with project
style guide.
Ensure that ClassifyUtilityCommandAsReadOnly() has defined behavior
even if TransactionStmt.kind has a value that's not one of the
declared values for its enum.
Suppress warnings from compilers that don't know that elog(ERROR)
doesn't return, in ClassifyUtilityCommandAsReadOnly() and
jsonb_set_lax().
Per Coverity and buildfarm.
Mixing incorrect bounds set in the SSL context leads to confusing error
messages generated by OpenSSL which are hard to act on. New checks are
added within the GUC machinery to improve the user experience as they
apply to any SSL implementation, not only OpenSSL, and doing the checks
beforehand avoids the creation of a SSL during a reload (or startup)
which we know will never be used anyway.
Backpatch down to 12, as those parameters have been introduced by
e73e67c.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200114035420.GE1515@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 12
The strategy of GIN index scan is driven by opclass-specific extract_query
method. This method that needed search mode is GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL. This
mode means that matching tuple may contain none of extracted entries. Simple
example is '!term' tsquery, which doesn't need any term to exist in matching
tsvector.
In order to handle such scan key GIN calculates virtual entry, which contains
all TIDs of all entries of attribute. In fact this is full scan of index
attribute. And typically this is very slow, but allows to handle some queries
correctly in GIN. However, current algorithm calculate such virtual entry for
each GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL scan key even if they are multiple for the same
attribute. This is clearly not optimal.
This commit improves the situation by introduction of "exclude only" scan keys.
Such scan keys are not capable to return set of matching TIDs. Instead, they
are capable only to filter TIDs produced by normal scan keys. Therefore,
each attribute should contain at least one normal scan key, while rest of them
may be "exclude only" if search mode is GIN_SEARCH_MODE_ALL.
The same optimization might be applied to the whole scan, not per-attribute.
But that leads to NULL values elimination problem. There is trade-off between
multiple possible ways to do this. We probably want to do this later using
some cost-based decision algorithm.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_YGP5-BEt5Cc0%3DzMve92vocPzD%2BXiZgiZs1kjY0cj%3DXBg%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov, Tom Lane, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane
The bitmap used by SlabCheck to cross-check free chunks in a block used
to be allocated for each SlabCheck call, and was never freed. The memory
leak could be fixed by simply adding a pfree call, but it's actually a
bad idea to do any allocations in SlabCheck at all as it assumes the
state of the memory management as a whole is sane.
So instead we allocate the bitmap as part of SlabContext, which means
we don't need to do any allocations in SlabCheck and the bitmap goes
away together with the SlabContext.
Backpatch to 10, where the Slab context was introduced.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reported-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20200116044119.g45f7pmgz4jmodxj%40alap3.anarazel.de
jsonb_set_lax() is the same as jsonb_set, except that it takes and extra
argument that specifies what to do if the value argument is NULL. The
default is 'use_json_null'. Other possibilities are 'raise_exception',
'return_target' and 'delete_key', all these behaviours having been
suggested as reasonable by various users.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/375873e2-c957-3a8d-64f9-26c43c2b16e7@2ndQuadrant.com
Reviewed by: Pavel Stehule
Move all the backend-only code that'd crept into wchar.c and encnames.c
into mbutils.c.
To remove the last few #ifdef dependencies from wchar.c and encnames.c,
also make the following changes:
* Adjust get_encoding_name_for_icu to return NULL, not throw an error,
for unsupported encodings. Its sole caller can perfectly well throw an
error instead. (While at it, I also made this function and its sibling
is_encoding_supported_by_icu proof against out-of-range encoding IDs.)
* Remove the overlength-name error condition from pg_char_to_encoding.
It's completely silly not to treat that just like any other
the-name-is-not-in-the-table case.
Also, get rid of pg_mic_mblen --- there's no obvious reason why
conv.c shouldn't call pg_mule_mblen instead.
Other than that, this is just code movement and comment-polishing with
no functional changes. Notably, I reordered declarations in pg_wchar.h
to show which functions are frontend-accessible and which are not.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYO8oq-iy8E02rD8eX25T-9SmyxKWqqks5OMHxKvGXpXQ@mail.gmail.com
Formerly, various frontend directories symlinked these two sources
and then built them locally. That's an ancient, ugly hack, and
we now have a much better way: put them into libpgcommon.
So do that. (The immediate motivation for this is the prospect
of having to introduce still more symlinking if we don't.)
This commit moves these two files absolutely verbatim, for ease of
reviewing the git history. There's some follow-on work to be done
that will modify them a bit.
Robert Haas, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYO8oq-iy8E02rD8eX25T-9SmyxKWqqks5OMHxKvGXpXQ@mail.gmail.com
This uses the progress reporting infrastructure added by c16dc1aca5,
adding support for ANALYZE.
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Co-authored-by: Tatsuro Yamada <tatsuro.yamada.tf@nttcom.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Robert Haas, Anthony Nowocien, Kyotaro Horiguchi,
Vignesh C, Amit Langote
If no permanent replication slot is configured using
primary_slot_name, the walreceiver now creates and uses a temporary
replication slot. A new setting wal_receiver_create_temp_slot can be
used to disable this behavior, for example, if the remote instance is
out of replication slots.
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <masahiko.sawada@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2Bfd4k4dM0iEPLxyVyme2RAFsn8SUgrNtBJOu81YqTY4V%2BnqZA%40mail.gmail.com
When estimating the selectivity of "range_var <@ range_constant" or
"range_var @> range_constant", if the upper (or respectively lower)
bound of the range_constant was above the last bin of the range_var's
histogram, the code would access uninitialized memory and potentially
crash (though it seems the probability of a crash is quite low).
Handle the endpoint cases explicitly to fix that.
While at it, be more paranoid about the possibility of getting NaN
or other silly results from the range type's subdiff function.
And improve some comments.
Ordinarily we'd probably add a regression test case demonstrating
the bug in unpatched code. But it's too hard to get it to crash
reliably because of the uninitialized-memory dependence, so skip that.
Per bug #16122 from Adam Scott. It's been broken from the beginning,
apparently, so backpatch to all supported branches.
Diagnosis by Michael Paquier, patch by Andrey Borodin and Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16122-eb35bc248c806c15@postgresql.org
The core idea of this patch is to make the parser generate join alias
Vars (that is, ones with varno pointing to a JOIN RTE) only when the
alias Var is actually different from any raw join input, that is a type
coercion and/or COALESCE is necessary to generate the join output value.
Otherwise just generate varno/varattno pointing to the relevant join
input column.
In effect, this means that the planner's flatten_join_alias_vars()
transformation is already done in the parser, for all cases except
(a) columns that are merged by JOIN USING and are transformed in the
process, and (b) whole-row join Vars. In principle that would allow
us to skip doing flatten_join_alias_vars() in many more queries than
we do now, but we don't have quite enough infrastructure to know that
we can do so --- in particular there's no cheap way to know whether
there are any whole-row join Vars. I'm not sure if it's worth the
trouble to add a Query-level flag for that, and in any case it seems
like fit material for a separate patch. But even without skipping the
work entirely, this should make flatten_join_alias_vars() faster,
particularly where there are nested joins that it previously had to
flatten recursively.
An essential part of this change is to replace Var nodes'
varnoold/varoattno fields with varnosyn/varattnosyn, which have
considerably more tightly-defined meanings than the old fields: when
they differ from varno/varattno, they identify the Var's position in
an aliased JOIN RTE, and the join alias is what ruleutils.c should
print for the Var. This is necessary because the varno change
destroyed ruleutils.c's ability to find the JOIN RTE from the Var's
varno.
Another way in which this change broke ruleutils.c is that it's no
longer feasible to determine, from a JOIN RTE's joinaliasvars list,
which join columns correspond to which columns of the join's immediate
input relations. (If those are sub-joins, the joinaliasvars entries
may point to columns of their base relations, not the sub-joins.)
But that was a horrid mess requiring a lot of fragile assumptions
already, so let's just bite the bullet and add some more JOIN RTE
fields to make it more straightforward to figure that out. I added
two integer-List fields containing the relevant column numbers from
the left and right input rels, plus a count of how many merged columns
there are.
This patch depends on the ParseNamespaceColumn infrastructure that
I added in commit 5815696bc. The biggest bit of code change is
restructuring transformFromClauseItem's handling of JOINs so that
the ParseNamespaceColumn data is propagated upward correctly.
Other than that and the ruleutils fixes, everything pretty much
just works, though some processing is now inessential. I grabbed
two pieces of low-hanging fruit in that line:
1. In find_expr_references, we don't need to recurse into join alias
Vars anymore. There aren't any except for references to merged USING
columns, which are more properly handled when we scan the join's RTE.
This change actually fixes an edge-case issue: we will now record a
dependency on any type-coercion function present in a USING column's
joinaliasvar, even if that join column has no references in the query
text. The odds of the missing dependency causing a problem seem quite
small: you'd have to posit somebody dropping an implicit cast between
two data types, without removing the types themselves, and then having
a stored rule containing a whole-row Var for a join whose USING merge
depends on that cast. So I don't feel a great need to change this in
the back branches. But in theory this way is more correct.
2. markRTEForSelectPriv and markTargetListOrigin don't need to recurse
into join alias Vars either, because the cases they care about don't
apply to alias Vars for USING columns that are semantically distinct
from the underlying columns. This removes the only case in which
markVarForSelectPriv could be called with NULL for the RTE, so adjust
the comments to describe that hack as being strictly internal to
markRTEForSelectPriv.
catversion bump required due to changes in stored rules.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7115.1577986646@sss.pgh.pa.us
We currently have several sets of files generated from data provided
by Unicode. These all have ad hoc rules and instructions for updating
when new Unicode versions appear, and it's not done consistently.
This patch centralizes and automates the process and makes it part of
the release checklist. The Unicode and CLDR versions are specified in
Makefile.global.in. There is a new make target "update-unicode" that
downloads all the relevant files and runs the generation script.
There is also a new script for generating the table of combining
characters for ucs_wcwidth(). That table is now in a separate include
file rather than hardcoded into the middle of other code. This is
based on the script that was used for generating
d8594d123c, but the script itself wasn't
committed at that time.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c8d05f42-443e-6c23-819b-05b31759a37c@2ndquadrant.com
Make the value null only at pg_stat_activity-output time, as suggested
by Tom Lane, instead of messing with the internal state. This should
appease buildfarm members with force_parallel_mode=regress, which are
running parallel queries on logical replication walsenders.
The fact that walsenders can run parallel queries should perhaps be
studied more carefully, but for the moment let's get rid of the red
blots in buildfarm.
Backpatch to pg10, like the previous commit.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30804.1578438763@sss.pgh.pa.us
This one-line change provoked a lot of discussion, but ultimately
the consensus seems to be that allowing a larger value might be
useful to somebody, and probably won't hurt anyone who chooses
not to take advantage of the higher maximum limit.
Vyacheslav Makarov, reviewed by many people.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/7b5ecc5a9991045e2f13c84e3047541d@postgrespro.ru
Use __builtin_clz() where available. Where it isn't, we can still win
a little by using the pg_leftmost_one_pos[] lookup table instead of
having a private table.
Also drop the initial right shift by ALLOC_MINBITS in favor of
subtracting ALLOC_MINBITS from the leftmost-one-pos result. This
is a win because the compiler can fold that adjustment into other
constants it'd have to add anyway, making the shift-removal free.
Also, we can explain this coding as an unrolled form of
pg_leftmost_one_pos32(), even though that's a bit ahistorical
since it long predates pg_bitutils.h.
John Naylor, with some cosmetic adjustments by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCuNUGMxjK7WTn_=WZnRbfASDdBxmjsVf2+m9MdmeNw_sg@mail.gmail.com
This follows multiple complains from Peter Geoghegan, Andres Freund and
Alvaro Herrera that this issue ought to be dug more before actually
happening, if it happens.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191226144606.GA5659@alvherre.pgsql
In the wake of commit 5b9312378, there's no particular reason
for this restriction (previously, it was problematic because of
the implied rowtype reference). A simple constraint on a whole-row
Var probably isn't that useful, but conceivably somebody would want
to pass one to a function that extracts a partitioning key. Besides
which, we're expending much more code to enforce the restriction than
we save by having it, since the latter quantity is now zero.
So drop the restriction.
Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFUzjfj9HEsJtYWcr1SgQ_=iCAvQ=O2Sx6aQxoDu4OiHw@mail.gmail.com
Formerly the rd_partkey and rd_partdesc data structures were always
populated immediately when a relcache entry was built or rebuilt.
This patch changes things so that they are populated only when they
are first requested. (Hence, callers *must* now always use
RelationGetPartitionKey or RelationGetPartitionDesc; just fetching
the pointer directly is no longer acceptable.)
This seems to have some performance benefits, but the main reason to do
it is that it eliminates a recursive-reload failure that occurs if the
partkey or partdesc expressions contain any references to the relation's
rowtype (as discovered by Amit Langote). In retrospect, since loading
these data structures might result in execution of nearly-arbitrary code
via eval_const_expressions, it was a dumb idea to require that to happen
during relcache entry rebuild.
Also, fix things so that old copies of a relcache partition descriptor
will be dropped when the cache entry's refcount goes to zero. In the
previous coding it was possible for such copies to survive for the
lifetime of the session, as I'd complained of in a previous discussion.
(This management technique still isn't perfect, but it's better than
before.) Improve the commentary explaining how that works and why
it's safe to hand out direct pointers to these relcache substructures.
In passing, improve RelationBuildPartitionDesc by using the same
memory-context-parent-swap approach used by RelationBuildPartitionKey,
thereby making it less dependent on strong assumptions about what
partition_bounds_copy does. Avoid doing get_rel_relkind in the
critical section, too.
Patch by Amit Langote and Tom Lane; Robert Haas deserves some credit
for prior work in the area, too. Although this is a pre-existing
problem, no back-patch: the patch seems too invasive to be safe to
back-patch, and the bug it fixes is a corner case that seems
relatively unlikely to cause problems in the field.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFUzjfj9HEsJtYWcr1SgQ_=iCAvQ=O2Sx6aQxoDu4OiHw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY3bRmGB6-DUnoVy5fJoreiBJ43rwMrQRCdPXuKt4Ykaw@mail.gmail.com
The following renaming is done so as source files related to index
access methods are more consistent with table access methods (the
original names used for index AMs ware too generic, and could be
confused as including features related to table AMs):
- amapi.h -> indexam.h.
- amapi.c -> indexamapi.c. Here we have an equivalent with
backend/access/table/tableamapi.c.
- amvalidate.c -> indexamvalidate.c.
- amvalidate.h -> indexamvalidate.h.
- genam.c -> indexgenam.c.
- genam.h -> indexgenam.h.
This has been discussed during the development of v12 when table AM was
worked on, but the renaming never happened.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191223053434.GF34339@paquier.xyz
Using \ is unnecessary and ugly, so remove that. While at it, stitch
the literals back into a single line: we've long discouraged splitting
error message literals even when they go past the 80 chars line limit,
to improve greppability.
Leave contrib/tablefunc alone.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191223195156.GA12271@alvherre.pgsql
A new function EmitProcSignalBarrier() can be used to emit a global
barrier which all backends that participate in the ProcSignal
mechanism must absorb, and a new function WaitForProcSignalBarrier()
can be used to wait until all relevant backends have in fact
absorbed the barrier.
This can be used to coordinate global state changes, such as turning
checksums on while the system is running.
There's no real client of this mechanism yet, although two are
proposed, but an enum has to have at least one element, so this
includes a placeholder type (PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_PLACEHOLDER) which
should be replaced by the first real client of this mechanism to
get committed.
Andres Freund and Robert Haas, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson and,
in earlier versions, by Magnus Hagander.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZwDk=BguVDVa+qdA6SBKef=PKbaKDQALTC_9qoz1mJqg@mail.gmail.com
Where possible, share signal handler code and main loop interrupt
checking. This saves quite a bit of code and should simplify
maintenance, too.
This commit intends not to change the way anything works, even
though that might allow more code to be unified. It does unify
a bunch of individual variables into a ShutdownRequestPending
flag that has is now used by a bunch of different process types,
though.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund and Daniel Gustafsson.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZwDk=BguVDVa+qdA6SBKef=PKbaKDQALTC_9qoz1mJqg@mail.gmail.com
The DTK_DOW/DTK_ISODOW and DTK_DOY switch cases in timestamp_part() and
timestamptz_part() contained calls of timestamp2tm() that were fully
redundant with the ones done just above the switch. This evidently crept
in during commit 258ee1b63, which relocated that code from another place
where the calls were indeed needed. Just delete the redundant calls.
I (tgl) noted that our test coverage of these functions left quite a
bit to be desired, so extend timestamp.sql and timestamptz.sql to
cover all the branches.
Back-patch to all supported branches, as the previous commit was.
There's no real issue here other than some wasted cycles in some
not-too-heavily-used code paths, but the test coverage seems valuable.
Report and patch by Li Japin; test case adjustments by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/SG2PR06MB37762CAE45DB0F6CA7001EA9B6550@SG2PR06MB3776.apcprd06.prod.outlook.com
This patch causes EXPLAIN to always assign a separate table alias to the
parent RTE of an append relation (inheritance set); before, such RTEs
were ignored if not actually scanned by the plan. Since the child RTEs
now always have that same alias to start with (cf. commit 55a1954da),
the net effect is that the parent RTE usually gets the alias used or
implied by the query text, and the children all get that alias with "_N"
appended. (The exception to "usually" is if there are duplicate aliases
in different subtrees of the original query; then some of those original
RTEs will also have "_N" appended.)
This results in more uniform output for partitioned-table plans than
we had before: the partitioned table itself gets the original alias,
and all child tables have aliases with "_N", rather than the previous
behavior where one of the children would get an alias without "_N".
The reason for giving the parent RTE an alias, even if it isn't scanned
by the plan, is that we now use the parent's alias to qualify Vars that
refer to an appendrel output column and appear above the Append or
MergeAppend that computes the appendrel. But below the append, Vars
refer to some one of the child relations, and are displayed that way.
This seems clearer than the old behavior where a Var that could carry
values from any child relation was displayed as if it referred to only
one of them.
While at it, change ruleutils.c so that the code paths used by EXPLAIN
deal in Plan trees not PlanState trees. This effectively reverts a
decision made in commit 1cc29fe7c, which seemed like a good idea at
the time to make ruleutils.c consistent with explain.c. However,
it's problematic because we'd really like to allow executor startup
pruning to remove all the children of an append node when possible,
leaving no child PlanState to resolve Vars against. (That's not done
here, but will be in the next patch.) This requires different handling
of subplans and initplans than before, but is otherwise a pretty
straightforward change.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/001001d4f44b$2a2cca50$7e865ef0$@lab.ntt.co.jp
This makes such log entries more useful, since the cause of the error
can be dependent on the parameter values.
Author: Alexey Bashtanov, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0146a67b-a22a-0519-9082-bc29756b93a2@imap.cc
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund, Tom Lane
gcc-7 used with a sufficient optimization level complains about warnings
around do_to_timestamp() regarding the initialization and handling of
some of its variables. Recent commits 66c74f8 and d589f94 made things
made the interface more confusing, so document which variables are
always expected and initialize properly the optional ones when they are
set.
Author: Andrey Lepikhov, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a7e28b83-27b1-4e1c-c76b-4268c4b785bc@postgrespro.ru
This provides a mechanism to emit literal values in informative
messages, such as query parameters. The new code is more complex than
what it replaces, primarily because it wants to be more efficient.
It also has the (currently unused) additional optional capability of
specifying a maximum size to print.
The new function lives out of common/stringinfo.c so that frontend users
of that file need not pull in unnecessary multibyte-encoding support
code.
Author: Álvaro Herrera and Alexey Bashtanov, after a suggestion from Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920203905.xkv5udsd5dxfs6tr@alap3.anarazel.de
Change default of ssl_min_protocol_version to TLSv1.2 (from TLSv1,
which means 1.0). Older versions are still supported, just not by
default.
TLS 1.0 is widely deprecated, and TLS 1.1 only slightly less so. All
OpenSSL versions that support TLS 1.1 also support TLS 1.2, so there
would be very little reason to, say, set the default to TLS 1.1
instead on grounds of better compatibility.
The test suite overrides this new setting, so it can still run with
older OpenSSL versions.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b327f8df-da98-054d-0cc5-b76a857cfed9%402ndquadrant.com
This provides for cheaper mapping of child columns back to parent
columns. The one existing use-case in examine_simple_variable()
would hardly justify this by itself; but an upcoming bug fix will
make use of this array in a mainstream code path, and it seems
likely that we'll find other uses for it as we continue to build
out the partitioning infrastructure.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12424.1575168015@sss.pgh.pa.us
We implement ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS by truncating tables marked that
way, which requires also truncating/rebuilding their indexes. But
RelationTruncateIndexes asks the relcache for up-to-date copies of any
index expressions, which may cause execution of eval_const_expressions
on them, which can result in actual execution of subexpressions.
This is a bad thing to have happening during ON COMMIT. Manuel Rigger
reported that use of a SQL function resulted in crashes due to
expectations that ActiveSnapshot would be set, which it isn't.
The most obvious fix perhaps would be to push a snapshot during
PreCommit_on_commit_actions, but I think that would just open the door
to more problems: CommitTransaction explicitly expects that no
user-defined code can be running at this point.
Fortunately, since we know that no tuples exist to be indexed, there
seems no need to use the real index expressions or predicates during
RelationTruncateIndexes. We can set up dummy index expressions
instead (we do need something that will expose the right data type,
as there are places that build index tupdescs based on this), and
just ignore predicates and exclusion constraints.
In a green field it'd likely be better to reimplement ON COMMIT DELETE
ROWS using the same "init fork" infrastructure used for unlogged
relations. That seems impractical without catalog changes though,
and even without that it'd be too big a change to back-patch.
So for now do it like this.
Per private report from Manuel Rigger. This has been broken forever,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
Make allow_system_table_mods settable at run time by superusers. It
was previously postmaster start only.
We don't want to make system catalog DDL wide-open, but there are
occasionally useful things to do like setting reloptions or statistics
on a busy system table, and blocking those doesn't help anyone. Also,
this enables the possibility of writing a test suite for this setting.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8b00ea5e-28a7-88ba-e848-21528b632354%402ndquadrant.com
The fix for CVE-2017-7484 disallowed use of pg_statistic data for
planning purposes if the user would not be able to select the associated
column and a non-leakproof function is to be applied to the statistics
values. That turns out to disable use of pg_statistic data in some
common cases involving inheritance/partitioning, where the user does
have permission to select from the parent table that was actually named
in the query, but not from a child table whose stats are needed. Since,
in non-corner cases, the user *can* select the child table's data via
the parent, this restriction is not actually useful from a security
standpoint. Improve the logic so that we also check the permissions of
the originally-named table, and allow access if select permission exists
for that.
When checking access to stats for a simple child column, we can map
the child column number back to the parent, and perform this test
exactly (including not allowing access if the child column isn't
exposed by the parent). For expression indexes, the current logic
just insists on whole-table select access, and this patch allows
access if the user can select the whole parent table. In principle,
if the child table has extra columns, this might allow access to
stats on columns the user can't read. In practice, it's unlikely
that the planner is going to do any stats calculations involving
expressions that are not visible to the query, so we'll ignore that
fine point for now. Perhaps someday we'll improve that logic to
detect exactly which columns are used by an expression index ...
but today is not that day.
Back-patch to v11. The issue was created in 9.2 and up by the
CVE-2017-7484 fix, but this patch depends on the append_rel_array[]
planner data structure which only exists in v11 and up. In
practice the issue is most urgent with partitioned tables, so
fixing v11 and later should satisfy much of the practical need.
Dilip Kumar and Amit Langote, with some kibitzing by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3876.1531261875@sss.pgh.pa.us
While a self-referential view doesn't actually work, it's possible
to create one, and it turns out that this breaks some of the
information_schema views. Those views call relation_is_updatable(),
which neglected to consider the hazards of being recursive. In
older PG versions you get a "stack depth limit exceeded" error,
but since v10 it'd recurse to the point of stack overrun and crash,
because commit a4c35ea1c took out the expression_returns_set() call
that was incidentally checking the stack depth.
Since this function is only used by information_schema views, it
seems like it'd be better to return "not updatable" than suffer
an error. Hence, add tracking of what views we're examining,
in just the same way that the nearby fireRIRrules() code detects
self-referential views. I added a check_stack_depth() call too,
just to be defensive.
Per private report from Manuel Rigger. Back-patch to all
supported versions.
Trying to use hypothetical indexes with BRIN currently fails when trying
to access a relation that does not exist when looking for the
statistics. With the current API, it is not possible to easily pass
a value for pages_per_range down to the hypothetical index, so this
makes use of the default value of BRIN_DEFAULT_PAGES_PER_RANGE, which
should be fine enough in most cases.
Being able to refine or enforce the hypothetical costs in more
optimistic ways would require more refactoring by filling in the
statistics when building IndexOptInfo in plancat.c. This would involve
ABI breakages around the costing routines, something not fit for stable
branches.
This is broken since 7e534ad, so backpatch down to v10.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOBaU_ZH0LKEA8VFCocr6Lpte1ab0b6FpvgS0y4way+RPSXfYg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 10
Make patternsel_common() select the comparison operators to use with
hardwired logic that matches pattern_prefix()'s new logic, eliminating
its dependencies on particular index opfamilies.
This shouldn't change any behavior, as it's just replacing runtime
operator lookups with the same values hard-wired. But it makes these
closely-related functions look more alike, and saving some runtime
syscache lookups is worth something.
Actually, it's not quite true that this is zero behavioral change:
when estimating for a column of type "name", the comparison constant
will be kept as "text" not coerced to "name". But that's more correct
anyway, and it allows additional simplification of the coercion logic,
again syncing this more closely with pattern_prefix().
Per consideration of a report from Manuel Rigger.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA7nnGYy8rY0vdTe811NuA+Frr9nbcBO9u2Z+JxqNaud+g@mail.gmail.com
Historically, the planner's LIKE/regex index optimizations were only
carried out for specific index opfamilies. That's never been a great
idea from the standpoint of extensibility, but it didn't matter so
much as long as we had no practical way to extend such behaviors anyway.
With the addition of planner support functions, and in view of ongoing
work to support additional table and index AMs, it seems like a good
time to relax this.
Hence, recast the decisions in match_pattern_prefix() so that rather
than decide which operators to generate by looking at what the index
opfamily contains, we decide which operators to generate a-priori
and then see if the opfamily supports them. This is much more
defensible from a semantic standpoint anyway, since we know the
semantics of the chosen operators precisely, and we only need to
assume that the opfamily correctly implements operators it claims
to support.
The existing "pattern" opfamilies put a crimp in this approach, since
we need to select the pattern operators if we want those to work.
So we still have to special-case those opfamilies. But that seems
all right, since in view of the addition of collations, the pattern
opfamilies seem like a legacy hack that nobody will be building on.
The only immediate effect of this change, so far as the core code is
concerned, is that anchored LIKE/regex patterns can be mapped onto
BRIN index searches, and exact-match patterns can be mapped onto hash
indexes, not only btree and spgist indexes as before. That's not a
terribly exciting result, but it does fix an omission mentioned in
the ancient comments here.
Note: no catversion bump, even though this touches pg_operator.dat,
because it's only adding OID macros not changing the contents of
postgres.bki.
Per consideration of a report from Manuel Rigger.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA7nnGYy8rY0vdTe811NuA+Frr9nbcBO9u2Z+JxqNaud+g@mail.gmail.com
The planner's optimization code for LIKE and regex operators could
error out with a complaint like "no = operator for opfamily NNN"
if someone created a binary-compatible index (for example, a
bpchar_ops index on a text column) on the LIKE's left argument.
This is a consequence of careless refactoring in commit 74dfe58a5.
The old code in match_special_index_operator only accepted specific
combinations of the pattern operator and the index opclass, thereby
indirectly guaranteeing that the opclass would have a comparison
operator with the same LHS input type as the pattern operator.
While moving the logic out to a planner support function, I simplified
that test in a way that no longer guarantees that. Really though we'd
like an altogether weaker dependency on the opclass, so rather than
put back exactly the old code, just allow lookup failure. I have in
mind now to rewrite this logic completely, but this is the minimum
change needed to fix the bug in v12.
Per report from Manuel Rigger. Back-patch to v12 where the mistake
came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA7nnGYy8rY0vdTe811NuA+Frr9nbcBO9u2Z+JxqNaud+g@mail.gmail.com
Instead of deciding to serialize a transaction merely based on the
number of changes in that xact (toplevel or subxact), this makes
the decisions based on amount of memory consumed by the changes.
The memory limit is defined by a new logical_decoding_work_mem GUC,
so for example we can do this
SET logical_decoding_work_mem = '128kB'
to reduce the memory usage of walsenders or set the higher value to
reduce disk writes. The minimum value is 64kB.
When adding a change to a transaction, we account for the size in
two places. Firstly, in the ReorderBuffer, which is then used to
decide if we reached the total memory limit. And secondly in the
transaction the change belongs to, so that we can pick the largest
transaction to evict (and serialize to disk).
We still use max_changes_in_memory when loading changes serialized
to disk. The trouble is we can't use the memory limit directly as
there might be multiple subxact serialized, we need to read all of
them but we don't know how many are there (and which subxact to
read first).
We do not serialize the ReorderBufferTXN entries, so if there is a
transaction with many subxacts, most memory may be in this type of
objects. Those records are not included in the memory accounting.
We also do not account for INTERNAL_TUPLECID changes, which are
kept in a separate list and not evicted from memory. Transactions
with many CTID changes may consume significant amounts of memory,
but we can't really do much about that.
The current eviction algorithm is very simple - the transaction is
picked merely by size, while it might be useful to also consider age
(LSN) of the changes for example. With the new Generational memory
allocator, evicting the oldest changes would make it more likely
the memory gets actually pfreed.
The logical_decoding_work_mem can be set in postgresql.conf, in which
case it serves as the default for all publishers on that instance.
Author: Tomas Vondra, with changes by Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Tested-By: Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/688b0b7f-2f6c-d827-c27b-216a8e3ea700@2ndquadrant.com
It turns out that commit e9f1c01b7 missed a case: we must print a
VALUES clause in long format if get_query_def is given a resultDesc
that would require the query's output column name(s) to be different
from what the bare VALUES clause would produce.
This applies in case an ALTER ... RENAME COLUMN has been done to
a view that formerly could be printed in simple format, as shown
in the added regression test case. It also explains bug #16119
from Dmitry Telpt, because it turns out that (unlike CREATE VIEW)
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW fails to apply any column aliases it's
given to the stored ON SELECT rule. So to get them to be printed,
we have to account for the resultDesc renaming. It might be worth
changing the matview code so that it creates the ON SELECT rule
with the correct aliases; but we'd still need these messy checks in
get_simple_values_rte to handle the case of a subsequent column
rename, so any such change would be just neatnik-ism not a bug fix.
Like the previous patch, back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16119-e64823f30a45a754@postgresql.org
When estimating number of distinct groups, we failed to ignore system
attributes when matching the group expressions to mvdistinct stats,
causing failures like
ERROR: negative bitmapset member not allowed
Fix that by simply skipping anything that is not a regular attribute.
Backpatch to PostgreSQL 10, where the extended stats were introduced.
Bug: #16111
Reported-by: Tuomas Leikola
Author: Tomas Vondra
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16111-687799584c3a7e73@postgresql.org
We should throw an error for indeterminate collation, but bpcharne()
was missing that logic, resulting in a much less user-friendly error
(either an assertion failure or "cache lookup failed for collation 0").
Per report from Manuel Rigger. Back-patch to v12 where the mistake
came in, evidently in commit 5e1963fb7. (Before non-deterministic
collations, this function wasn't collation sensitive.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA4HOjtymxAbuGNh4-X_2R0Lw5n01tzvP8E5-i-2gQXYWA@mail.gmail.com
Bring datum_image_eq() in line with datumIsEqual() by adding support for
comparing cstring datums.
An upcoming patch that adds deduplication to the nbtree AM will use
datum_image_eq(). datum_image_eq() will need to work with all datatypes
that can be used as the storage type of a B-Tree index column, including
cstring. (cstring is used as the storage type for columns of type
"name" as a space-saving optimization.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn3Ee49Gmxb7V1VJ3-AC8fWn-Fr8pfWQebHe8rYRxt5OQ@mail.gmail.com
This completes the task begun in commit 1408d5d86, to synchronize
ECPG's exported definitions with the definition of bool used by
c.h (and, therefore, the one actually in use in the ECPG library).
On practically all modern platforms, ecpglib.h will now just
include <stdbool.h>, which should surprise nobody anymore.
That removes a header-inclusion-order hazard for ECPG clients,
who previously might get build failures or unexpected behavior
depending on whether they'd included <stdbool.h> themselves,
and if so, whether before or after ecpglib.h.
On platforms where sizeof(_Bool) is not 1 (only old PPC-based
Mac systems, as far as I know), things are still messy, as
inclusion of <stdbool.h> could still break ECPG client code.
There doesn't seem to be any clean fix for that, and given the
probably-negligible population of users who would care anymore,
it's not clear we should go far out of our way to cope with it.
This change at least fixes some header-inclusion-order hazards
for our own code, since c.h and ecpglib.h previously disagreed
on whether bool should be char or unsigned char.
To implement this with minimal invasion of ECPG client namespace,
move the choice of whether to rely on <stdbool.h> into configure,
and have it export a configuration symbol PG_USE_STDBOOL.
ecpglib.h no longer exports definitions for TRUE and FALSE,
only their lowercase brethren. We could undo that if we get
push-back about it.
Ideally we'd back-patch this as far as v11, which is where c.h
started to rely on <stdbool.h>. But the odds of creating problems
for formerly-working ECPG client code seem about as large as the
odds of fixing any non-working cases, so we'll just do this in HEAD.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LmaKO7Du9M9Lo=kxGU8sB6aL8fa3sF6z6d5yYYVe3BuQ@mail.gmail.com
Add some support for automatically showing backtraces in certain error
situations in the server. Backtraces are shown on assertion failure;
also, a new setting backtrace_functions can be set to a list of C
function names, and all ereport()s and elog()s from the mentioned
functions will have backtraces generated. Finally, the function
errbacktrace() can be manually added to an ereport() call to generate a
backtrace for that call.
Authors: Peter Eisentraut, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m//5f48cb47-bf1e-05b6-7aae-3bf2cd01586d@2ndquadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YGL+yfWE=JvbUbnpWtrRZNey7hJ07+zT4bYJdVp4Szdrg@mail.gmail.com
This patch adopts the overflow check logic introduced by commit cbdb8b4c0
into two more places. interval_mul() failed to notice if it computed a
new microseconds value that was one more than INT64_MAX, and pgbench's
double-to-int64 logic had the same sorts of edge-case problems that
cbdb8b4c0 fixed in the core code.
To make this easier to get right in future, put the guts of the checks
into new macros in c.h, and add commentary about how to use the macros
correctly.
Back-patch to all supported branches, as we did with the previous fix.
Yuya Watari
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ2pMkbkkFw2hb9Qb1Zj8d06EhWAQXFLy73St4qWv6aX=vqnjw@mail.gmail.com
SPI gets used to build a list of relation OIDs for XML object
generation, and one code path building a list uses SPI_execute() without
looking at errors it produces. So fix that.
Author: Mark Dilger
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17d30445-4862-7917-170f-84328dcd292d@gmail.com
This allows logging a sample of statements, without incurring excessive
log traffic (which may impact performance). This can be useful when
analyzing workloads with lots of short queries.
The sampling is configured using two new GUC parameters:
* log_min_duration_sample - minimum required statement duration
* log_statement_sample_rate - sample rate (0.0 - 1.0)
Only statements with duration exceeding log_min_duration_sample are
considered for sampling. To enable sampling, both those GUCs have to
be set correctly.
The existing log_min_duration_statement GUC has a higher priority, i.e.
statements with duration exceeding log_min_duration_statement will be
always logged, irrespectedly of how the sampling is configured. This
means only configurations
log_min_duration_sample < log_min_duration_statement
do actually sample the statements, instead of logging everything.
Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Vik Fearing, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bbe0a1a8-a8f7-3be2-155a-888e661cc06c@anayrat.info
Since commit d26a810eb, we've defined bool as being either _Bool from
<stdbool.h>, or "unsigned char"; but that commit overlooked the fact
that probes.d has "#define bool char". For consistency, make it say
"unsigned char" instead. This should be strictly a cosmetic change,
but it seems best to be in sync.
Formally, in the now-normal case where we're using <stdbool.h>, it'd
be better to write "#define bool _Bool". However, then we'd need
some build infrastructure to inject that configuration choice into
probes.d, and it doesn't seem worth the trouble. We only use
<stdbool.h> if sizeof(_Bool) is 1, so having DTrace think that
bool parameters are "unsigned char" should be close enough.
Back-patch to v12 where d26a810eb came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LmaKO7Du9M9Lo=kxGU8sB6aL8fa3sF6z6d5yYYVe3BuQ@mail.gmail.com
When maintaining or merging patches, one of the most common sources
for conflicts are the list of objects in makefiles. Especially when
the split across lines has been changed on both sides, which is
somewhat common due to attempting to stay below 80 columns, those
conflicts are unnecessarily laborious to resolve.
By splitting, and alphabetically sorting, OBJS style lines into one
object per line, conflicts should be less frequent, and easier to
resolve when they still occur.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191029200901.vww4idgcxv74cwes@alap3.anarazel.de
Rearrange the logic in record_image_cmp() and datum_image_eq() to
error out on unexpected typlens (either not supported there or
completely invalid due to corruption). Barring corruption, this is
not possible today but it seems more future-proof and robust to fix
this.
Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
This gives an alternative way of catching exceptions, for the common
case where the cleanup code is the same in the error and non-error
cases. So instead of
PG_TRY();
{
... code that might throw ereport(ERROR) ...
}
PG_CATCH();
{
cleanup();
PG_RE_THROW();
}
PG_END_TRY();
cleanup();
one can write
PG_TRY();
{
... code that might throw ereport(ERROR) ...
}
PG_FINALLY();
{
cleanup();
}
PG_END_TRY();
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95a822c3-728b-af0e-d7e5-71890507ae0c%402ndquadrant.com
Teach get_expr_result_type() to manufacture a tuple descriptor directly
from a RowExpr node. If the RowExpr has type RECORD, this is the only
way to get a tupdesc for its result, since even if the rowtype has been
blessed, we don't have its typmod available at this point. (If the
RowExpr has some named composite type, we continue to let the existing
code handle it, since the RowExpr might well not have the correct column
names embedded in it.)
This fixes assorted corner cases illustrated by the added regression
tests.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10872.1572202006@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 9556aa01c rearranged the innards of text_position() in a way
that would make it not work for empty search strings. Which is fine,
because all callers of that code special-case an empty pattern in
some way. However, the primary use-case (text_position itself) got
special-cased incorrectly: historically it's returned 1 not 0 for
an empty search string. Restore the historical behavior.
Per complaint from Austin Drenski (via Shay Rojansky).
Back-patch to v12 where it got broken.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADT4RqAz7oN4vkPir86Kg1_mQBmBxCp-L_=9vRpgSNPJf0KRkw@mail.gmail.com
Commit f8e5f156b added private state in postgres.c to track whether
a statement timeout is running. This seems like bad design to me;
timeout.c's private state should be the single source of truth about
that. We already fixed one bug associated with failure to keep those
states in sync (cf. be42015fc), and I've got little faith that we
won't find more in future. So get rid of postgres.c's local variable
by exposing a way to ask timeout.c whether a timeout is running.
(Obviously, such an inquiry is subject to race conditions, but it
seems fine for the purpose at hand.)
To make get_timeout_active() as cheap as possible, add a flag in
the per-timeout struct showing whether that timeout is active.
This allows some small savings elsewhere in timeout.c, mainly
elimination of unnecessary searches of the active_timeouts array.
While at it, fix enable_statement_timeout to not call disable_timeout
when statement_timeout is 0 and the timeout is not running. This
avoids a useless deschedule-and-reschedule-timeouts cycle, which
represents a significant savings (at least one kernel call) when
there is any other active timeout. Right now, there usually isn't,
but there are proposals around to change that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16035-456e6e69ebfd4374@postgresql.org
While casting from timestamp to timestamptz we do timestamp2tm() then
tm2timestamp(). This commit eliminates call to tm2timestamp(). Instead, it
directly applies timezone offset to the original timestamp value. That makes
upcoming datetime overflow handling in jsonpath easier. That should also save
us some CPU cycles.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvRPRh_mTGar5WmDeRZ%3DU5dOXHdxspYYD%3D76m3knNGjXA%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Otherwise it can be hard to see where an error is coming from, when
the parallel worker sets all the GUCs that it received from the
leader. Bug #15726. Back-patch to 9.5, where RestoreGUCState()
appeared.
Reported-by: Tiago Anastacio
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15726-6d67e4fa14f027b3%40postgresql.org
Using glibc's version string to detect potential collation definition
changes is not 100% reliable, but it's better than nothing. Currently
this affects only collations explicitly provided by "libc". More work
will be needed to handle the default collation.
Author: Thomas Munro, based on a suggestion from Christoph Berg
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4b76c6d4-ae5e-0dc6-7d0d-b5c796a07e34%402ndquadrant.com
Since the introduction of different slot types, in 1a0586de36, we
create a virtual slot in tuplesort_begin_cluster(). While that looks
right, it unfortunately doesn't actually work, as ExecStoreHeapTuple()
is used to store tuples in the slot. Unfortunately no regression tests
for CLUSTER on expression indexes existed so far.
Fix the slot type, and add bare bones tests for CLUSTER on expression
indexes.
Reported-By: Justin Pryzby
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191011210320.GS10470@telsasoft.com
Backpatch: 12, like 1a0586de36
As of d9dd406fe2, we require MSVC 2013,
which means _MSC_VER >= 1800. This means that conditionals about
older versions of _MSC_VER can be removed or simplified.
Previous code was also in some cases handling MinGW, where _MSC_VER is
not defined at all, incorrectly, such as in pg_ctl.c and win32_port.h,
leading to some compiler warnings. This should now be handled better.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
The old names for the attribute-detoasting functions names included
the word "heap," which seems outdated now that the heap is only one of
potentially many table access methods.
On the other hand, toast_insert_or_update and toast_delete are
heap-specific, so rename them by adding "heap_" as a prefix.
Not all of the work of making the TOAST system fully accessible to AMs
other than the heap is done yet, but there seems to be little harm in
getting this renaming out of the way now. Commit
8b94dab066 already divided up the
functions among various files partially according to whether it was
intended that they should be heap-specific or AM-agnostic, so this is
just clarifying the division contemplated by that commit.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 5ac0d9360 failed to entirely fix bitshiftright's habit of
leaving one-bits in the pad space that should be all zeroes,
because in a moment of sheer brain fade I'd concluded that only
the code path used for not-a-multiple-of-8 shift distances needed
to be fixed. Of course, a multiple-of-8 shift distance can also
cause the problem, so we need to forcibly zero the extra bits
in both cases.
Per bug #16037 from Alexander Lakhin. As before, back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16037-1d1ebca564db54f4@postgresql.org
Commit 5dd7fc1519 added block-level memory accounting, but used int64 variable to
track the amount of allocated memory. That is incorrect, because we have Size for
exactly these purposes, but it was mostly harmless until c477f3e449 which changed
how we handle with repalloc() when downsizing the chunk. Previously we've ignored
these cases and just kept using the original chunk, but now we need to update the
accounting, and the code was doing this:
context->mem_allocated += blksize - oldblksize;
Both blksize and oldblksize are Size (so unsigned) which means the subtraction
underflows, producing a very high positive value. On 64-bit platforms (where Size
has the same size as mem_alllocated) this happens to work because the result wraps
to the right value, but on (some) 32-bit platforms this fails.
This fixes two things - it changes mem_allocated (and related variables) to Size,
and it splits the update to two separate steps, to prevent any underflows.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/15151.1570163761%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Encoding conversion uses the very simplistic rule that the output
can't be more than 4X longer than the input, and palloc's a buffer
of that size. This results in failure to convert any string longer
than 1/4 GB, which is becoming an annoying limitation.
As a band-aid to improve matters, allow the allocated output buffer
size to exceed 1GB. We still insist that the final result fit into
MaxAllocSize (1GB), though. Perhaps it'd be safe to relax that
restriction, but it'd require close analysis of all callers, which
is daunting (not least because external modules might call these
functions). For the moment, this should allow a 2X to 4X improvement
in the longest string we can convert, which is a useful gain in
return for quite a simple patch.
Also, once we have successfully converted a long string, repalloc
the output down to the actual string length, returning the excess
to the malloc pool. This seems worth doing since we can usually
expect to give back several MB if we take this path at all.
This still leaves much to be desired, most notably that the assumption
that MAX_CONVERSION_GROWTH == 4 is very fragile, and yet we have no
guard code verifying that the output buffer isn't overrun. Fixing
that would require significant changes in the encoding conversion
APIs, so it'll have to wait for some other day.
The present patch seems safely back-patchable, so patch all supported
branches.
Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190816181418.GA898@alvherre.pgsql
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3614.1569359690@sss.pgh.pa.us
Up to now, if you resized a large (>8K) palloc chunk down to a smaller
size, aset.c made no attempt to return any space to the malloc pool.
That's unpleasant if a really large allocation is resized to a
significantly smaller size. I think no such cases existed when this
code was designed, and I'm not sure whether they're common even yet,
but an upcoming fix to encoding conversion will certainly create such
cases. Therefore, fix AllocSetRealloc so that it gives realloc()
a chance to do something with the block. This doesn't noticeably
increase complexity, we mostly just have to change the order in which
the cases are considered.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190816181418.GA898@alvherre.pgsql
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3614.1569359690@sss.pgh.pa.us
The location of the session end hook has been chosen so as it is
possible to allow modules to do their own transactions, however any
trying to any any subsystem which went through before_shmem_exit()
would cause issues, limiting the pluggability of the hook.
Per discussion with Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18722.1569906636@sss.pgh.pa.us
These hooks can be used in loadable modules. A simple test module is
included.
The first attempt was done with cd8ce3a but we lacked handling for
NO_INSTALLCHECK in the MSVC scripts (problem solved afterwards by
431f1599) so the buildfarm got angry. This also fixes a couple of
issues noticed upon review compared to the first attempt, so the code
has slightly changed, resulting in a more simple test module.
Author: Fabrízio de Royes Mello, Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Michael Paquier, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170720204733.40f2b7eb.nagata@sraoss.co.jp
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190823042602.GB5275@paquier.xyz
Adds accounting of memory allocated in a memory context. Compared to
various ad hoc solutions, the main advantage is that the accounting is
transparent and does not require direct control over allocations (this
matters for use cases where the allocations happen in user code, like
for example aggregate states allocated in a transition functions).
To reduce overhead, the accounting happens at the block level (not for
individual chunks) and only the context immediately owning the block is
updated. When inquiring about amount of memory allocated in a context,
we have to recursively walk all children contexts.
This "lazy" accounting works well for cases with relatively small number
of contexts in the relevant subtree and/or with infrequent inquiries.
Author: Jeff Davis
Reivewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Melanie Plageman, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/027a129b8525601c6a680d27ce3a7172dab61aab.camel@j-davis.com
For some reason at least gcc-9 warns about the fallthrough, even
though it otherwise recognizes that elog(ERROR, ...) doesn't return.
Author: Andres Freund
This commit implements jsonpath .datetime() method as it's specified in
SQL/JSON standard. There are no-argument and single-argument versions of
this method. No-argument version selects first of ISO datetime formats
matching input string. Single-argument version accepts template string as
its argument.
Additionally to .datetime() method itself this commit also implements
comparison ability of resulting date and time values. There is some difficulty
because exising jsonb_path_*() functions are immutable, while comparison of
timezoned and non-timezoned types involves current timezone. At first, current
timezone could be changes in session. Moreover, timezones themselves are not
immutable and could be updated. This is why we let existing immutable functions
throw errors on such non-immutable comparison. In the same time this commit
provides jsonb_path_*_tz() functions which are stable and support operations
involving timezones. As new functions are added to the system catalog,
catversion is bumped.
Support of .datetime() method was the only blocker prevents T832 from being
marked as supported. sql_features.txt is updated correspondingly.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Heavily revised by me. Comments were adjusted by Liudmila Mantrova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
SQL/JSON standard allows manipulation with datetime values. So, it appears to
be convinient to allow datetime values to be represented in JsonbValue struct.
These datetime values are allowed for temporary representation only. During
serialization datetime values are converted into strings.
SQL/JSON requires writing timestamps with timezone in the same timezone offset
as they were parsed. This is why we allow storage of timezone offset in
JsonbValue struct. For the same reason timezone offset argument is added to
JsonEncodeDateTime() function.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Revised by me. Comments were adjusted by Liudmila Mantrova.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
Add support of error suppression in some date and time manipulation functions
as it's required for jsonpath .datetime() method support. This commit doesn't
use PG_TRY()/PG_CATCH() in order to implement that. Instead, it provides
internal versions of date and time functions used, which support error
suppression.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
This commit adds parse_datetime() function, which implements datetime
parsing with extended features demanded by upcoming jsonpath .datetime()
method:
* Dynamic type identification based on template string,
* Support for standard-conforming 'strict' mode,
* Timezone offset is returned as separate value.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Revised by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
SQL Standard 2016 defines rules for handling separators in datetime template
strings, which are different to to_date()/to_timestamp() rules. Standard
allows only small set of separators and requires strict matching for them.
Standard applies to jsonpath .datetime() method and CAST (... FORMAT ...) SQL
clause. We're not going to change handling of separators in existing
to_date()/to_timestamp() functions, because their current behavior is familiar
for users. Standard behavior now available by special flag, which will be used
in upcoming .datetime() jsonpath method.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
If the bitstring length is not a multiple of 8, we'd shift the
rightmost bits into the pad space, which must be zeroes --- bit_cmp,
for one, depends on that. This'd lead to the result failing to
compare equal to what it should compare equal to, as reported in
bug #16013 from Daryl Waycott.
This is, if memory serves, not the first such bug in the bitstring
functions. In hopes of making it the last one, do a bit more work
than minimally necessary to fix the bug:
* Add assertion checks to bit_out() and varbit_out() to complain if
they are given incorrectly-padded input. This will improve the
odds that manual testing of any new patch finds problems.
* Encapsulate the padding-related logic in macros to make it
easier to use.
Also, remove unnecessary padding logic from bit_or() and bitxor().
Somebody had already noted that we need not re-pad the result of
bit_and() since the inputs are required to be the same length,
but failed to extrapolate that to the other two.
Also, move a comment block that once was near the head of varbit.c
(but people kept putting other stuff in front of it), to put it in
the header block.
Note for the release notes: if anyone has inconsistent data as a
result of saving the output of bitshiftright() in a table, it's
possible to fix it with something like
UPDATE mytab SET bitcol = ~(~bitcol) WHERE bitcol != ~(~bitcol);
This has been broken since day one, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16013-c2765b6996aacae9@postgresql.org
Since we introduced the idea of leakproof functions, texteq and textne
were marked leakproof but their sibling text comparison functions were
not. This inconsistency seemed justified because texteq/textne just
relied on memcmp() and so could easily be seen to be leakproof, while
the other comparison functions are far more complex and indeed can
throw input-dependent errors.
However, that argument crashed and burned with the addition of
nondeterministic collations, because now texteq/textne may invoke
the exact same varstr_cmp() infrastructure as the rest. It makes no
sense whatever to give them different leakproofness markings.
After a certain amount of angst we've concluded that it's all right
to consider varstr_cmp() to be leakproof, mostly because the other
choice would be disastrous for performance of many queries where
leakproofness matters. The input-dependent errors should only be
reachable for corrupt input data, or so we hope anyway; certainly,
if they are reachable in practice, we've got problems with requirements
as basic as maintaining a btree index on a text column.
Hence, run around to all the SQL functions that derive from varstr_cmp()
and mark them leakproof. This should result in a useful gain in
flexibility/performance for queries in which non-leakproofness degrades
the efficiency of the query plan.
Back-patch to v12 where nondeterministic collations were added.
While this isn't an essential bug fix given the determination
that varstr_cmp() is leakproof, we might as well apply it now that
we've been forced into a post-beta4 catversion bump.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31481.1568303470@sss.pgh.pa.us
text_pattern_ops and its siblings can't be used with nondeterministic
collations, because they use the text_eq operator which will not behave
as bitwise equality if applied with a nondeterministic collation. The
initial implementation of that restriction was to insert a run-time test
in the related comparison functions, but that is inefficient, may throw
misleading errors, and will throw errors in some cases that would work.
It seems sufficient to just prevent the combination during CREATE INDEX,
so do that instead.
Lacking any better way to identify the opclasses involved, we need to
hard-wire tests for them, which requires hand-assigned values for their
OIDs, which forces a catversion bump because they previously had OIDs
that would be assigned automatically. That's slightly annoying in the
v12 branch, but fortunately we're not at rc1 yet, so just do it.
Back-patch to v12 where nondeterministic collations were added.
In passing, run make reformat-dat-files, which found some unrelated
whitespace issues (slightly different ones in HEAD and v12).
Peter Eisentraut, with small corrections by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22566.1568675619@sss.pgh.pa.us
The new function stashes its output value in a JsonbValue that can be
passed in by the caller, which enables some of them to pass
stack-allocated structs -- saving palloc cycles. It also allows some
callers that know they are handling a jsonb object to use this new jsonb
object-specific API, instead of going through generic container
findJsonbValueFromContainer.
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c417f90-f95f-247e-ba63-d95e39c0ad14@postgrespro.ru
Instead of creating an iterator object at each step down the JSONB
object/array, we can just just examine its object/array flags, which is
faster. Also, use the recently introduced JsonbValueAsText instead of
open-coding the same thing, for code simplicity.
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c417f90-f95f-247e-ba63-d95e39c0ad14@postgrespro.ru
jsonb_object_field_text and jsonb_array_element_text both contained
identical copies of this code, so extract that into new routine
JsonbValueAsText. This can also be used in other places, to measurable
performance benefit: the jsonb_each() and jsonb_array_elements()
functions can use it for outputting text forms instead of their less
efficient current implementation (because we no longer need to build
intermediate a jsonb representation of each value).
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c417f90-f95f-247e-ba63-d95e39c0ad14@postgrespro.ru
Although the SQL/JSON tech report makes reference to ECMAScript which
allows both single- and double-quoted strings, all the rest of the
report speaks only of double-quoted string literals in jsonpaths.
That's more compatible with JSON itself; moreover single-quoted strings
are hard to use inside a jsonpath that is itself a single-quoted SQL
literal. So guess that the intent is to allow only double-quoted
literals, and remove lexer support for single-quoted literals.
It'll be less painful to add this again later if we're wrong, than to
remove a shipped feature.
Also, adjust the lexer so that unrecognized backslash sequences are
treated as just meaning the escaped character, not as errors. This
change has much better support in the standards, as JSON, JavaScript
and ECMAScript all make it plain that that's what's supposed to
happen.
Back-patch to v12.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvDci4iqNF9fhRkTqhe-5_8HmzeLt56drH%2B_Rv2rNRqfg@mail.gmail.com
The SQL spec defers to XQuery to define what the option flags are
for LIKE_REGEX patterns. XQuery says that:
* 's' allows the dot character to match newlines, which by
default it will not;
* 'm' allows ^ and $ to match at newlines, not only at the
start/end of the whole string.
Thus, these are *not* inverses as they are for the similarly-named
POSIX options, and neither one corresponds to the POSIX 'n' option.
Fortunately, Spencer's library does expose these two behaviors as
separately twiddlable flags, so we just have to fix the mapping from
JSP flag bits to REG flag bits. I also chose to rename the symbol
for 's' to DOTALL, to make it clearer that it's not the inverse
of MLINE.
Also, XQuery says that if the 'q' flag "is used together with the m, s,
or x flag, that flag has no effect". I read this as saying that 'q'
overrides the other flags; whoever wrote our code seems to have read
it backwards.
Lastly, while XQuery's 'x' flag is related to what Spencer's code
does for REG_EXPANDED, it's not the same or a subset. It seems best
to treat XQuery's 'x' as unimplemented for now. Maybe later we can
expand our regex code to offer 'x'-style parsing as a separate option.
While at it, refactor the jsonpath code so that (a) there's only
one copy of the flag transformation logic not two, and (b) the
processing of flags is independent of the order in which the flags
are written.
We need some documentation updates to go with this, but I'll
tackle that separately.
Back-patch to v12 where this code originated.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvDci4iqNF9fhRkTqhe-5_8HmzeLt56drH%2B_Rv2rNRqfg@mail.gmail.com
Reference: https://www.w3.org/TR/2017/REC-xpath-functions-31-20170321/#flags
SQL Standard 2016 defines SSSSS format pattern for seconds past midnight in
jsonpath .datetime() method and CAST (... FORMAT ...) SQL clause. In our
datetime parsing engine we currently support it with SSSS name.
This commit adds SSSSS as an alias for SSSS. Alias is added in favor of
upcoming jsonpath .datetime() method. But it's also supported in to_date()/
to_timestamp() as positive side effect.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
SQL Standard 2016 defines FF1-FF9 format patters for fractions of seconds in
jsonpath .datetime() method and CAST (... FORMAT ...) SQL clause. Parsing
engine of upcoming .datetime() method will be shared with to_date()/
to_timestamp().
This patch implements FF1-FF6 format patterns for upcoming jsonpath .datetime()
method. to_date()/to_timestamp() functions will also get support of this
format patterns as positive side effect. FF7-FF9 are not supported due to
lack of precision in our internal timestamp representation.
Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Heavily revised by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
f2e40380 introduces support of non-key attributes in GiST indexes. Then if
get_index_column_opclass() is asked by gistproperty() to get an opclass of
non-key column, it returns garbage past oidvector value. This commit fixes
that by making get_index_column_opclass() return InvalidOid in this case.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190902231948.GA5343%40alvherre.pgsql
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 12
As a result of some long-ago quick hacks, the SIMILAR TO operator
and the corresponding flavor of substring() interpreted "ESCAPE NULL"
as selecting the default escape character '\'. This is both
surprising and not per spec: the standard is clear that these
functions should return NULL for NULL input.
Additionally, because of inconsistency of the strictness markings
of 3-argument substring() and similar_escape(), the planner could not
inline the SQL definition of substring(), resulting in a substantial
performance penalty compared to the underlying POSIX substring()
function.
The simplest fix for this would be to change the strictness marking
of similar_escape(), but if we do that we risk breaking existing views
that depend on that function. Hence, leave similar_escape() as-is
as a compatibility function, and instead invent a new function
similar_to_escape() that comes in two strict variants.
There are a couple of other behaviors in this area that are also
not per spec, but they are documented and seem generally at least
as sane as the spec's definition, so leave them alone. But improve
the documentation to describe them fully.
Patch by me; thanks to Álvaro Herrera and Andrew Gierth for review
and discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14047.1557708214@sss.pgh.pa.us
This approach provides a much tighter binding between a data directory
and the associated SysV shared memory block (and SysV or named-POSIX
semaphores, if we're using those). Key collisions are still possible,
but only between data directories stored on different filesystems,
so the situation should be negligible in practice. More importantly,
restarting the postmaster with a different port number no longer
risks failing to identify a relevant shared memory block, even when
postmaster.pid has been removed. A standalone backend is likewise
much more certain to detect conflicting leftover backends.
(In the longer term, we might now think about deprecating the port as
a cluster-wide value, so that one postmaster could support sockets
with varying port numbers. But that's for another day.)
The hazards fixed here apply only on Unix systems; our Windows code
paths already use identifiers derived from the data directory path
name rather than the port.
src/test/recovery/t/017_shm.pl, which intends to test key-collision
cases, has been substantially rewritten since it can no longer use
two postmasters with identical port numbers to trigger the case.
Instead, use Perl's IPC::SharedMem module to create a conflicting
shmem segment directly. The test script will be skipped if that
module is not available. (This means that some older buildfarm
members won't run it, but I don't think that that results in any
meaningful coverage loss.)
Patch by me; thanks to Noah Misch and Peter Eisentraut for discussion
and review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16908.1557521200@sss.pgh.pa.us
detoast.c/h contain functions required to detoast a datum, partially
or completely, plus a few other utility functions for examining the
size of toasted datums.
toast_internals.c/h contain functions that are used internally to the
TOAST subsystem but which (mostly) do not need to be accessed from
outside.
heaptoast.c/h contains code that is intrinsically specific to the
heap AM, either because it operates on HeapTuples or is based on the
layout of a heap page.
detoast.c and toast_internals.c are placed in
src/backend/access/common rather than src/backend/access/heap. At
present, both files still have dependencies on the heap, but that will
be improved in a future commit.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
The leak happens in str_tolower, str_toupper and str_initcap, which are
used in several places including their equivalent SQL-level functions,
and can only be triggered when using an ICU-provided collation when
converting the input string.
b615920 fixed a similar leak. Backpatch down 10 where ICU collations
have been introduced.
Author: Konstantin Knizhnik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/94c0ad0a-cbc2-e4a3-7829-2bdeaf9146db@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 10
RelationAllowsEarlyPruning() performed a catalog scan, but is used
in two contexts where that was a bad idea:
1. In heap_page_prune_opt(), which runs very frequently in some large
scans. This caused major performance problems in a field report
that was easy to reproduce.
2. In TestForOldSnapshot(), which runs while we hold a buffer content
lock. It's not clear if this was guaranteed to be free of buffer
deadlock risk.
The check was introduced in commit 2cc41acd8 and defended against a
real problem: 9.6's hash indexes have no page LSN and so we can't
allow early pruning (ie the snapshot-too-old feature). We can remove
the check from all later releases though: hash indexes are now logged,
and there is no way to create UNLOGGED indexes on regular logged
tables.
If a future release allows such a combination, it might need to put
a similar check in place, but it'll need some more thought.
Back-patch to 10.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, who spotted the second problem
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKT8oTkp5jw_U4p0S-7UG9zsvtw_M47Y285bER6a2gD%2Bg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BWy%2BN4eE5zPm765h68LrkWc3Biu_8rzzi%2BOYX4j%2BiHRw%40mail.gmail.com
An empty file name or subdirectory name leads join_path_components() to
just produce the parent directory name, which leads to weird failures or
recursive inclusions. Let's throw a specific error for that. It takes
only slightly more code to detect all-blank names, so do so.
Also, detect direct recursion, ie a file calling itself. As coded
this will also detect recursion via "include_dir '.'", which is
perhaps more likely than explicitly including the file itself.
Detecting indirect recursion would require API changes for guc-file.l
functions, which seems not worth it since extensions might call them.
The nesting depth limit will catch such cases eventually, just not
with such an on-point error message.
In passing, adjust the example usages in postgresql.conf.sample
to perhaps eliminate the problem at the source: there's no reason
for the examples to suggest that an empty value is valid.
Per a trouble report from Brent Bates. Back-patch to 9.5; the
issue is old, but the code in 9.4 is enough different that the
patch doesn't apply easily, and it doesn't seem worth the trouble
to fix there.
Ian Barwick and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8c8bcbca-3bd9-dc6e-8986-04a5abdef142@2ndquadrant.com
If the record argument is NULL and has no declared type more concrete
than RECORD, we can't extract useful information about the desired
rowtype from it. In this case, see if we're in FROM with an AS clause,
and if so extract the needed rowtype info from AS.
It worked like this before v11, but commit 37a795a60 removed the
behavior, reasoning that it was undocumented, inefficient, and utterly
not self-consistent. If you want to take type info from an AS clause,
you should be using the json_to_record() family of functions not the
json_populate_record() family. Also, it was already the case that
the "populate" functions would fail for a null-valued RECORD input
(with an unfriendly "record type has not been registered" error)
when there wasn't an AS clause at hand, and it wasn't obvious that
that behavior wasn't OK when there was one. However, it emerges
that some people were depending on this to work, and indeed the
rather off-point error message you got if you left off AS encouraged
slapping on AS without switching to the json_to_record() family.
Hence, put back the fallback behavior of looking for AS. While at it,
improve the run-time error you get when there's no place to obtain type
info; we can do a lot better than "record type has not been registered".
(We can't, unfortunately, easily improve the parse-time error message
that leads people down this path in the first place.)
While at it, I refactored the code a bit to avoid duplicating the
same logic in several different places.
Per bug #15940 from Jaroslav Sivy. Back-patch to v11 where the
current coding came in. (The pre-v11 deficiencies in this area
aren't regressions, so we'll leave those branches alone.)
Patch by me, based on preliminary analysis by Dmitry Dolgov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15940-2ab76dc58ffb85b6@postgresql.org
Prefix inet_net_ntop and sibling routines with "pg_" to ensure that
they aren't mistaken for C-library functions. This fixes warnings
from cpluspluscheck on some platforms, and should help reduce reader
confusion everywhere, since our functions aren't exactly interchangeable
with the library versions (they may have different ideas about address
family codes).
This shouldn't be fixing any actual bugs, unless somebody's linker
is misbehaving, so no need to back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20518.1559494394@sss.pgh.pa.us
Remove use of "register" keyword in hashfn.c. It's obsolescent
according to recent C++ compilers, and no modern C compiler pays
much attention to it either.
Also fix one cosmetic warning about signed vs unsigned comparison.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20518.1559494394@sss.pgh.pa.us
For most uses of acl.h the details of how "Acl" internally looks like
are irrelevant. It might make sense to move a lot of the
implementation details into a separate header at a later point.
The main motivation of this change is to avoid including fmgr.h (via
array.h, which needs it for exposed structs) in a lot of files that
otherwise don't need it. A subsequent commit will remove the fmgr.h
include from a lot of files.
Directly include utils/array.h and utils/expandeddatum.h from the
files that need them, but previously included them indirectly, via
acl.h.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190803193733.g3l3x3o42uv4qj7l@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit 4b93f5799 rearranged things in plpgsql to make it cope better with
composite types changing underneath it intra-session. However, I failed to
consider the case of a composite type being dropped and recreated entirely.
In my defense, the previous coding didn't consider that possibility at all
either --- but it would accidentally work so long as you didn't change the
type's field list, because the built-at-compile-time list of component
variables would then still match the type's new definition. The new
coding, however, occasionally tries to re-look-up the type by OID, and
then fails to find the dropped type.
To fix this, we need to save the TypeName struct, and then redo the type
OID lookup from that. Of course that's expensive, so we don't want to do
it every time we need the type OID. This can be fixed in the same way that
4b93f5799 dealt with changes to composite types' definitions: keep an eye
on the type's typcache entry to see if its tupledesc has been invalidated.
(Perhaps, at some point, this mechanism should be generalized so it can
work for non-composite types too; but for now, plpgsql only tries to
cope with intra-session redefinitions of composites.)
I'm slightly hesitant to back-patch this into v11, because it changes
the contents of struct PLpgSQL_type as well as the signature of
plpgsql_build_datatype(), so in principle it could break code that is
poking into the innards of plpgsql. However, the only popular extension
of that ilk is pldebugger, and it doesn't seem to be affected. Since
this is a regression for people who were relying on the old behavior,
it seems worth taking the small risk of causing compatibility issues.
Per bug #15913 from Daniel Fiori. Back-patch to v11 where 4b93f5799
came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15913-a7e112e16dedcffc@postgresql.org
ALTER SYSTEM itself normally won't make duplicate entries (although
up till this patch, it was possible to confuse it by writing case
variants of a GUC's name). However, if some external tool has appended
entries to the file, that could result in duplicate entries for a single
GUC name. In such a situation, ALTER SYSTEM did exactly the wrong thing,
because it replaced or removed only the first matching entry, leaving
the later one(s) still there and hence still determining the active value.
This patch fixes that by making ALTER SYSTEM sweep through the file and
remove all matching entries, then (if not ALTER SYSTEM RESET) append the
new setting to the end. This means entries will be in order of last
setting rather than first setting, but that shouldn't hurt anything.
Also, make the comparisons case-insensitive so that the right things
happen if you do, say, ALTER SYSTEM SET "TimeZone" = 'whatever'.
This has been broken since ALTER SYSTEM was invented, so back-patch
to all supported branches.
Ian Barwick, with minor mods by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/aed6cc9f-98f3-2693-ac81-52bb0052307e@2ndquadrant.com
As coded, the ICU-collation path in pattern_char_isalpha() failed
to consider regular ASCII letters to be case-varying. This led to
like_fixed_prefix treating too much of an ILIKE pattern as being a
fixed prefix, so that indexscans derived from an ILIKE clause might
miss entries that they should find.
Per bug #15892 from James Inform. This is an oversight in the original
ICU patch (commit eccfef81e), so back-patch to v10 where that came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15892-e5d2bea3e8a04a1b@postgresql.org
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the result of list_concat no longer
shares the ListCells of the second input. Therefore, we can replace
"list_concat(x, list_copy(y))" with just "list_concat(x, y)".
To improve call sites that were list_copy'ing the first argument,
or both arguments, invent "list_concat_copy()" which produces a new
list sharing no ListCells with either input. (This is a bit faster
than "list_concat(list_copy(x), y)" because it makes the result list
the right size to start with.)
In call sites that were not list_copy'ing the second argument, the new
semantics mean that we are usually leaking the second List's storage,
since typically there is no remaining pointer to it. We considered
inventing another list_copy variant that would list_free the second
input, but concluded that for most call sites it isn't worth worrying
about, given the relative compactness of the new List representation.
(Note that in cases where such leakage would happen, the old code
already leaked the second List's header; so we're only discussing
the size of the leak not whether there is one. I did adjust two or
three places that had been troubling to free that header so that
they manually free the whole second List.)
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
We have implemented jsonpath string comparison using default database locale.
However, standard requires us to compare Unicode codepoints. This commit
implements that, but for performance reasons we still use per-byte comparison
for "==" operator. Thus, for consistency other comparison operators do per-byte
comparison if Unicode codepoints appear to be equal.
In some edge cases, when same Unicode codepoints have different binary
representations in database encoding, we diverge standard to achieve better
performance of "==" operator. In future to implement strict standard
conformance, we can do normalization of input JSON strings.
Original patch was written by Nikita Glukhov, rewritten by me.
Reported-by: Markus Winand
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8B7FA3B4-328D-43D7-95A8-37B8891B8C78%40winand.at
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 12
Rename the "tupindex" field from tuplesort.c's SortTuple struct to
"srctape", since it can only ever be used to store a source/input tape
number when merging external sort runs. This has been the case since
commit 8b304b8b72, which removed replacement selection sort from
tuplesort.c.
READTUP() routines do not and cannot use the resettable "tuplecontext"
memory context, since it is deleted when merging begins. Update an
obsolete comment that claimed otherwise. This was an oversight in
commit e94568ecc1.
In passing, fix an unrelated tuplesort typo.
When parsing a timetz string with a dynamic timezone abbreviation or a
timezone not specified, it was possible to generate incorrect timestamps
based on a date which uses some non-initialized variables if the input
string did not specify fully a date to parse. This is already checked
when a full timezone spec is included in the input string, but the two
other cases mentioned above missed the same checks.
This gets fixed by generating an error as this input is invalid, or in
short when a date is not fully specified.
Valgrind was complaining about this problem.
Bug: #15910
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15910-2eba5106b9aa0c61@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Commit aa27977fe2 introduced this
restriction for pg_temp.function_name(arg); do likewise for types
created in temporary schemas. Programs that this breaks should add
"pg_temp." schema qualification or switch to arg::type_name syntax.
Back-patch to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Tom Lane. Reported by Tom Lane.
Security: CVE-2019-10208
Those data types use parsing and/or calculation wrapper routines which
can generate some generic error messages in the event of a failure. The
caller of these routines can also pass a pointer variable settable by
the routine to track if an error has happened, letting the caller decide
what to do in the event of an error and what error message to generate.
Those routines have been slacking the initialization of the tracking
flag, which can be confusing when reading the code, so add some
safeguards against calls of these parsing routines which could lead to a
dubious result.
The LSN parsing gains an assertion to make sure that the tracking flag
is set, while numeric and float paths initialize the flag to a saner
state.
Author: Jeevan Ladhe
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOgcT0NOM9oR0Hag_3VpyW0uF3iCU=BDUFSPfk9JrWXRcWQHqw@mail.gmail.com
This reverts commit 88bdbd3f74.
As committed, statement sampling used the existing duration threshold
(log_min_duration_statement) when decide which statements to sample.
The issue is that even the longest statements are subject to sampling,
and so may not end up logged. An improvement was proposed, introducing
a second duration threshold, but it would not be backwards compatible.
So we've decided to revert this feature - the separate threshold should
be part of the feature itself.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDS8tQ3Wviw9%3DAvODyUciPSrGeMhJi_WPE%2BEB8%2B4gLL-Q%40mail.gmail.com
Add sort support for inet, including support for abbreviated keys.
Testing has shown that this reduces the time taken to sort medium to
large inet/cidr inputs by ~50-60% in realistic cases.
Author: Brandur Leach
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Edmund Horner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABR_9B-PQ8o2MZNJ88wo6r-NxW2EFG70M96Wmcgf99G6HUQ3sw@mail.gmail.com
Commit a1c1af2a1 added logic in the deadlock checker to handle lock
grouping, but it was very poorly tested, as evidenced by the bug
fixed in 3420851a2. Add a test case that exercises that a bit better
(and catches the bug --- if you revert 3420851a2, this will hang).
Since it's pretty hard to get parallel workers to take exclusive
regular locks that their parents don't already have, this test operates
by creating a deadlock among advisory locks taken in parallel workers.
To make that happen, we must override the parallel-safety labeling of
the advisory-lock functions, which we do by putting them in mislabeled,
non-inlinable wrapper functions.
We also have to remove the redundant PreventAdvisoryLocksInParallelMode
checks in lockfuncs.c. That seems fine though; if some user accidentally
does what this test is intentionally doing, not much harm will ensue.
(If there are any remaining bugs that are reachable that way, they're
probably reachable in other ways too.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3243.1564437314@sss.pgh.pa.us
These were introduced by pgindent due to fixe to broken
indentation (c.f. 8255c7a5ee). Previously the mis-indentation of
function prototypes was creatively used to reduce indentation in a few
places.
As that formatting only exists in master and REL_12_STABLE, it seems
better to fix it in both, rather than having some odd indentation in
v12 that somebody might copy for future patches or such.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190728013754.jwcbe5nfyt3533vx@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 12-
The rd_amcache allows an index AM to cache arbitrary information in a
relcache entry. This commit moves the cleanup of rd_amcache so that it
can also be used by table AMs. Nothing takes advantage of that yet, but
I'm sure it'll come handy for anyone writing new table AMs.
Backpatch to v12, where table AM interface was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
pg_timezone_names() tries to avoid showing the "Factory" zone in
the view, mainly because that has traditionally had a very long
"abbreviation" such as "Local time zone must be set--see zic manual page",
so that showing it messes up psql's formatting of the whole view.
Since tzdb version 2016g, IANA instead uses the abbreviation "-00",
which is sane enough that there's no reason to discriminate against it.
On the other hand, it emerges that FreeBSD and possibly other packagers
are so wedded to backwards compatibility that they hack the IANA data
to keep the old spelling --- and not just that old spelling, but even
older spellings that IANA used back in the stone age. This caused the
filter logic to fail to suppress "Factory" at all on such platforms,
though the formatting problem is definitely real in that case.
To solve both problems, get rid of the hard-wired assumption about
exactly what Factory's abbreviation is, and instead reject abbreviations
exceeding 31 characters. This will allow Factory to appear in the view
if and only if it's using the modern abbreviation.
In passing, simplify the code we add to zic.c to support "zic -P"
to remove its now-obsolete hacks to not print the Factory zone's
abbreviation. Unlike pg_timezone_names(), there's no reason for
that code to support old/nonstandard timezone data.
Since we generally prefer to keep timezone-related behavior the
same in all branches, and since this is arguably a bug fix,
back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3961.1564086915@sss.pgh.pa.us
Money values exceeding about 18 digits (depending on lc_monetary)
could be inaccurately converted to numeric, due to select_div_scale()
deciding it didn't need to compute any fractional digits. Force
its hand by setting the dscale of one division input to equal the
number of fractional digits we need.
In passing, rearrange the logic to not do useless work in locales
where money values are considered integral.
Per bug #15925 from Slawomir Chodnicki. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15925-da9953e2674bb5c8@postgresql.org
Otherwise, after a deleted page gets even older, it becomes unrecyclable
again. B-tree has the same problem, and has had since time immemorial,
but let's at least fix this in GiST, where this is new.
Backpatch to v12, where GiST page deletion was introduced.
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/835A15A5-F1B4-4446-A711-BF48357EB602%40yandex-team.ru
When we already know the length that we're going to append, then it
makes sense to use appendBinaryStringInfo instead of
appendStringInfoString so that the append can be performed with a simple
memcpy() using a known length rather than having to first perform a
strlen() call to obtain the length.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f8+FRAM1s5+mAa3isajeEoAaicJ=4e0WzrH3tAusbbiMQ@mail.gmail.com
The values 'infinity' and '-infinity' are a part of the DATE type
itself, so a bound of the date 'infinity' is not the same as an
unbounded/infinite range. However, it is still wrong to try to
canonicalize such values, because adding or subtracting one has no
effect. Fix by treating 'infinity' and '-infinity' the same as
unbounded ranges for the purposes of canonicalization (but not other
purposes).
Backpatch to all versions because it is inconsistent with the
documented behavior. Note that this could be an incompatibility for
applications relying on the behavior contrary to the documentation.
Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77f24ea19ab802bc9bc60ddbb8977ee2d646aec1.camel%40cybertec.at
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Formerly, lcons was about the same speed as lappend, but with the new
List implementation, that's not so; with a long List, data movement
imposes an O(N) cost on lcons and list_delete_first, but not lappend.
Hence, invent list_delete_last with semantics parallel to
list_delete_first (but O(1) cost), and change various places to use
lappend and list_delete_last where this can be done without much
violence to the code logic.
There are quite a few places that construct result lists using lcons not
lappend. Some have semantic rationales for that; I added comments about
it to a couple that didn't have them already. In many such places though,
I think the coding is that way only because back in the dark ages lcons
was faster than lappend. Hence, switch to lappend where this can be done
without causing semantic changes.
In ExecInitExprRec(), this results in aggregates and window functions that
are in the same plan node being executed in a different order than before.
Generally, the executions of such functions ought to be independent of
each other, so this shouldn't result in visibly different query results.
But if you push it, as one regression test case does, you can show that
the order is different. The new order seems saner; it's closer to
the order of the functions in the query text. And we never documented
or promised anything about this, anyway.
Also, in gistfinishsplit(), don't bother building a reverse-order list;
it's easy now to iterate backwards through the original list.
It'd be possible to go further towards removing uses of lcons and
list_delete_first, but it'd require more extensive logic changes,
and I'm not convinced it's worth it. Most of the remaining uses
deal with queues that probably never get long enough to be worth
sweating over. (Actually, I doubt that any of the changes in this
patch will have measurable performance effects either. But better
to have good examples than bad ones in the code base.)
Patch by me, thanks to David Rowley and Daniel Gustafsson for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21272.1563318411@sss.pgh.pa.us
heap.c and relcache.c contained nearly identical copies of logic
to insert OIDs into an OID list while preserving the list's OID
ordering (and rejecting duplicates, in one case but not the other).
The comments argue that this is faster than qsort for small numbers
of OIDs, which is at best unproven, and seems even less likely to be
true now that lappend_cell_oid has to move data around. In any case
it's ugly and hard-to-follow code, and if we do have a lot of OIDs
to consider, it's O(N^2).
Hence, replace with simply lappend'ing OIDs to a List, then list_sort
the completed List, then remove adjacent duplicates if necessary.
This is demonstrably O(N log N) and it's much simpler for the
callers. It's possible that this would be somewhat inefficient
if there were a very large number of duplicates, but that seems
unlikely in the existing usage.
This adds list_deduplicate_oid and list_oid_cmp infrastructure
to list.c. I didn't bother with equivalent functionality for
integer or pointer Lists, but such could always be added later
if we find a use for it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
This is numbered take 7, and addresses a set of issues around:
- Fixes for typos and incorrect reference names.
- Removal of unneeded comments.
- Removal of unreferenced functions and structures.
- Fixes regarding variable name consistency.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10bfd4ac-3e7c-40ab-2b2e-355ed15495e8@gmail.com
Originally, Postgres Lists were a more or less exact reimplementation of
Lisp lists, which consist of chains of separately-allocated cons cells,
each having a value and a next-cell link. We'd hacked that once before
(commit d0b4399d8) to add a separate List header, but the data was still
in cons cells. That makes some operations -- notably list_nth() -- O(N),
and it's bulky because of the next-cell pointers and per-cell palloc
overhead, and it's very cache-unfriendly if the cons cells end up
scattered around rather than being adjacent.
In this rewrite, we still have List headers, but the data is in a
resizable array of values, with no next-cell links. Now we need at
most two palloc's per List, and often only one, since we can allocate
some values in the same palloc call as the List header. (Of course,
extending an existing List may require repalloc's to enlarge the array.
But this involves just O(log N) allocations not O(N).)
Of course this is not without downsides. The key difficulty is that
addition or deletion of a list entry may now cause other entries to
move, which it did not before.
For example, that breaks foreach() and sister macros, which historically
used a pointer to the current cons-cell as loop state. We can repair
those macros transparently by making their actual loop state be an
integer list index; the exposed "ListCell *" pointer is no longer state
carried across loop iterations, but is just a derived value. (In
practice, modern compilers can optimize things back to having just one
loop state value, at least for simple cases with inline loop bodies.)
In principle, this is a semantics change for cases where the loop body
inserts or deletes list entries ahead of the current loop index; but
I found no such cases in the Postgres code.
The change is not at all transparent for code that doesn't use foreach()
but chases lists "by hand" using lnext(). The largest share of such
code in the backend is in loops that were maintaining "prev" and "next"
variables in addition to the current-cell pointer, in order to delete
list cells efficiently using list_delete_cell(). However, we no longer
need a previous-cell pointer to delete a list cell efficiently. Keeping
a next-cell pointer doesn't work, as explained above, but we can improve
matters by changing such code to use a regular foreach() loop and then
using the new macro foreach_delete_current() to delete the current cell.
(This macro knows how to update the associated foreach loop's state so
that no cells will be missed in the traversal.)
There remains a nontrivial risk of code assuming that a ListCell *
pointer will remain good over an operation that could now move the list
contents. To help catch such errors, list.c can be compiled with a new
define symbol DEBUG_LIST_MEMORY_USAGE that forcibly moves list contents
whenever that could possibly happen. This makes list operations
significantly more expensive so it's not normally turned on (though it
is on by default if USE_VALGRIND is on).
There are two notable API differences from the previous code:
* lnext() now requires the List's header pointer in addition to the
current cell's address.
* list_delete_cell() no longer requires a previous-cell argument.
These changes are somewhat unfortunate, but on the other hand code using
either function needs inspection to see if it is assuming anything
it shouldn't, so it's not all bad.
Programmers should be aware of these significant performance changes:
* list_nth() and related functions are now O(1); so there's no
major access-speed difference between a list and an array.
* Inserting or deleting a list element now takes time proportional to
the distance to the end of the list, due to moving the array elements.
(However, it typically *doesn't* require palloc or pfree, so except in
long lists it's probably still faster than before.) Notably, lcons()
used to be about the same cost as lappend(), but that's no longer true
if the list is long. Code that uses lcons() and list_delete_first()
to maintain a stack might usefully be rewritten to push and pop at the
end of the list rather than the beginning.
* There are now list_insert_nth...() and list_delete_nth...() functions
that add or remove a list cell identified by index. These have the
data-movement penalty explained above, but there's no search penalty.
* list_concat() and variants now copy the second list's data into
storage belonging to the first list, so there is no longer any
sharing of cells between the input lists. The second argument is
now declared "const List *" to reflect that it isn't changed.
This patch just does the minimum needed to get the new implementation
in place and fix bugs exposed by the regression tests. As suggested
by the foregoing, there's a fair amount of followup work remaining to
do.
Also, the ENABLE_LIST_COMPAT macros are finally removed in this
commit. Code using those should have been gone a dozen years ago.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley, Jesper Pedersen, and others
for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
This adds a built-in function to generate UUIDs.
PostgreSQL hasn't had a built-in function to generate a UUID yet,
relying on external modules such as uuid-ossp and pgcrypto to provide
one. Now that we have a strong random number generator built-in, we
can easily provide a version 4 (random) UUID generation function.
This patch takes the existing function gen_random_uuid() from pgcrypto
and makes it a built-in function. The pgcrypto implementation now
internally redirects to the built-in one.
Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6a65610c-46fc-2323-6b78-e8086340a325@2ndquadrant.com
Some of <-> operators between geometric types have their commutators missed.
This commit adds them. The motivation is upcoming kNN support for some of those
operators.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f71ba19d-d989-63b6-f04a-abf02ad9345d%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
Commit 3ca930fc3 modified get_actual_variable_range() to use a new
"SnapshotNonVacuumable" snapshot type for selecting tuples that it
would consider valid. However, because that snapshot type can accept
recently-dead tuples, this caused a bug when using a recently-created
index: we might accept a recently-dead tuple that is an early member
of a broken HOT chain and does not actually match the index entry.
Then, the data extracted from the heap tuple would not necessarily be
an endpoint value of the column; it could even be NULL, leading to
get_actual_variable_range() itself reporting "found unexpected null
value in index". Even without an error, this could lead to poor
plan choices due to an erroneous notion of the endpoint value.
We can improve matters by changing the code to use the index-only
scan technique (which didn't exist when get_actual_variable_range was
originally written). If any of the tuples in a HOT chain are live
enough to satisfy SnapshotNonVacuumable, we take the data from the
index entry, ignoring what is in the heap. This fixes the problem
without changing the live-vs-dead-tuple behavior from what was
intended by commit 3ca930fc3.
A side benefit is that for static tables we might not have to touch
the heap at all (when the extremal value is in an all-visible page).
In addition, we can save some overhead by not having to create a
complete ExecutorState, and we don't need to run FormIndexDatum,
avoiding more cycles as well as the possibility of failure for
indexes on expressions. (I'm not sure that this code would ever
be used to determine the extreme value of an expression, in the
current state of the planner; but it's definitely possible that
lower-order columns of the selected index could be expressions.
So one could construct perhaps-artificial examples in which the
old code unexpectedly failed due to trying to compute an
expression's value for a now-dead row.)
Per report from Manuel Rigger. Back-patch to v11 where commit
3ca930fc3 came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA7W4NWEhCvftdV6_8bbm2vgypi5nuxfnSEJQqVKFSUoMg@mail.gmail.com
This addresses a couple of issues in the code:
- Typos and inconsistencies in comments and function declarations.
- Removal of unreferenced function declarations.
- Removal of unnecessary compile flags.
- A cleanup error in regressplans.sh.
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c991fdf-2670-1997-c027-772a420c4604@gmail.com
The code for conversions SQL_ASCII <-> MULE_INTERNAL and
SQL_ASCII <-> UTF8 was unreachable, because we long ago changed
the wrapper functions pg_do_encoding_conversion() et al so that
they have hard-wired behaviors for conversions involving SQL_ASCII.
(At least some of those fast paths date back to 2002, though it
looks like we may not have been totally consistent about this until
later.) Given the lack of complaints, nobody is dissatisfied with
this state of affairs. Hence, let's just remove the unreachable code.
Also, change CREATE CONVERSION so that it rejects attempts to
define such conversions. Since we consider that SQL_ASCII represents
lack of knowledge about the encoding in use, such a conversion would
be semantically dubious even if it were reachable.
Adjust a couple of regression test cases that had randomly decided
to rely on these conversion functions rather than any other ones.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/41163.1559156593@sss.pgh.pa.us
This changes various places where appendPQExpBuffer was used in places
where it was possible to use appendPQExpBufferStr, and likewise for
appendStringInfo and appendStringInfoString. This is really just a
stylistic improvement, but there are also small performance gains to be
had from doing this.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9P=M-3ULmPvr8iCno8yvfDViHibJjpriHU8+SXUgeZ=w@mail.gmail.com
UBSan complains about this. Instead, cast to a suitable type requiring
only 4-byte alignment. DatumGetAnyArrayP() already assumes one can cast
between AnyArrayType and ArrayType, so this doesn't introduce a new
assumption. Back-patch to 9.5, where AnyArrayType was introduced.
Reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190629210334.GA1244217@rfd.leadboat.com
Instead of calling pg_lsn_in() in check_recovery_target_lsn and
timestamptz_in() in check_recovery_target_time, reorganize the
respective code so that we don't raise any errors in the check hooks.
The previous code tried to use PG_TRY/PG_CATCH to handle errors in a
way that is not safe, so now the code contains no ereport() calls and
can operate safely within the GUC error handling system.
Moreover, since the interpretation of the recovery_target_time string
may depend on the time zone, we cannot do the final processing of that
string until all the GUC processing is done. Instead,
check_recovery_target_time() now does some parsing for syntax
checking, but the actual conversion to a timestamptz value is done
later in the recovery code that uses it.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20190611061115.njjwkagvxp4qujhp%40alap3.anarazel.de
The date/time values 'current', 'invalid', and 'undefined' were
removed a long time ago, but the code still contains explicit error
handling for the transition. To simplify the code and avoid having to
handle these values everywhere, just remove the recognition of these
tokens altogether now.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Since extended statistic got introduced in PostgreSQL 10, there was a
single catalog pg_statistic_ext storing both the definitions and built
statistic. That's however problematic when a user is supposed to have
access only to the definitions, but not to user data.
Consider for example pg_dump on a database with RLS enabled - if the
pg_statistic_ext catalog respects RLS (which it should, if it contains
user data), pg_dump would not see any records and the result would not
define any extended statistics. That would be a surprising behavior.
Until now this was not a pressing issue, because the existing types of
extended statistic (functional dependencies and ndistinct coefficients)
do not include any user data directly. This changed with introduction
of MCV lists, which do include most common combinations of values.
The easiest way to fix this is to split the pg_statistic_ext catalog
into two - one for definitions, one for the built statistic values.
The new catalog is called pg_statistic_ext_data, and we're maintaining
a 1:1 relationship with the old catalog - either there are matching
records in both catalogs, or neither of them.
Bumped CATVERSION due to changing system catalog definitions.
Author: Dean Rasheed, with improvements by me
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUhT9rt7Ui%3DVdx4N%3D%3DVV5XOK5dsXfnGgVOz_JhAicB%3DZA%40mail.gmail.com
Given a query in which multiple JOIN nodes used the same alias
(which'd necessarily be in different sub-SELECTs), ruleutils.c
would assign the JOIN nodes distinct aliases for clarity ...
but then it forgot to print the modified aliases when dumping
the JOIN nodes themselves. This results in a dump/reload hazard
for views, because the emitted query is flat-out incorrect:
Vars will be printed with table names that have no referent.
This has been wrong for a long time, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Philip Dubé
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CY4PR2101MB080246F2955FF58A6ED1FEAC98140@CY4PR2101MB0802.namprd21.prod.outlook.com
json_to_record(), when an output column is declared as type json or jsonb,
should emit the corresponding field of the input JSON object. But it got
this slightly wrong when the field is just a string literal: it failed to
escape the contents of the string. That typically resulted in syntax
errors if the string contained any double quotes or backslashes.
jsonb_to_record() handles such cases correctly, but I added corresponding
test cases for it too, to prevent future backsliding.
Improve the documentation, as it provided only a very hand-wavy
description of the conversion rules used by these functions.
Per bug report from Robert Vollmert. Back-patch to v10 where the
error was introduced (by commit cf35346e8).
Note that PG 9.4 - 9.6 also get this case wrong, but differently so:
they feed the de-escaped contents of the string literal to json[b]_in.
That behavior is less obviously wrong, so possibly it's being depended on
in the field, so I won't risk trying to make the older branches behave
like the newer ones.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/D6921B37-BD8E-4664-8D5F-DB3525765DCD@vllmrt.net
Vignesh found this bug in the check function for
default_table_access_method's check hook, but that was just copied
from older GUCs. Investigation by Michael and me then found the bug in
further places.
When not connected to a database (e.g. in a walsender connection), we
cannot perform (most) GUC checks that need database access. Even when
only shared tables are needed, unless they're
nailed (c.f. RelationCacheInitializePhase2()), they cannot be accessed
without pg_class etc. being present.
Fix by extending the existing IsTransactionState() checks to also
check for MyDatabaseOid.
Reported-By: Vignesh C, Michael Paquier, Andres Freund
Author: Vignesh C, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm1KXK9gbZfY-p_peRFm_XrBh1OwQO1Kk6Gig0c0fVZ2uw%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 9.4-
Some of the wrapper functions didn't match the callback names. Many of
them due to staying "consistent" with historic naming of the wrapped
functionality. We decided that for most cases it's more important to
be for tableam to be consistent going forward, than with the past.
The one exception is beginscan/endscan/... because it'd have looked
odd to have systable_beginscan/endscan/... with a different naming
scheme, and changing the systable_* APIs would have caused way too
much churn (including breaking a lot of external users).
Author: Ashwin Agrawal, with some small additions by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiugyrXZfX7n0ORCa4L-m834dzmaE8eFdbNR6PMpetU4Ww@mail.gmail.com
This is still using the 2.0 version of pg_bsd_indent.
I thought it would be good to commit this separately,
so as to document the differences between 2.0 and 2.1 behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16296.1558103386@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead add a tableam callback to do so. To avoid adding per
validation overhead, pass a scan to tuple_tid_valid. In heap's case
we'd otherwise incurred a RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() call for each
tid - which'd have added noticable overhead to nodeTidscan.c.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Ashwin Agrawal
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190515185447.gno2jtqxyktylyvs@alap3.anarazel.de
SQL's regular-expression substring() function is defined to have a
pattern argument that's separated into three subpatterns by escape-
double-quote markers; the function result is the part of the input
matching the second subpattern. The standard makes it clear that
if there is ambiguity about how to match the input to the subpatterns,
the first and third subpatterns should be taken to match the smallest
possible amount of text (i.e., they're "non greedy", in the terms of
our regex code). We were not doing it that way: the first subpattern
would eat the largest possible amount of text, causing the function
result to be shorter than what the spec requires.
Fix that by attaching explicit greediness quantifiers to the
subpatterns. (This depends on the regex fix in commit 8a29ed053;
before that, this didn't reliably change the regex engine's behavior.)
Also, by adding parentheses around each subpattern, we ensure that
"|" (OR) in the subpatterns behave sanely. Previously, "|" in the
first or third subpatterns didn't work.
This patch also makes the function throw error if you write more than
two escape-double-quote markers, and do something sane if you write
just one, and document that behavior. Previously, an odd number of
markers led to a confusing complaint about unbalanced parentheses,
while extra pairs of markers were just ignored. (Note that the spec
requires exactly two markers, but we've historically allowed there
to be none, and this patch preserves the old behavior for that case.)
In passing, adjust some substring() test cases that didn't really
prove what they said they were testing for: they used patterns
that didn't match the data string, so that the output would be
NULL whether or not the function was really strict.
Although this is certainly a bug fix, changing the behavior in back
branches seems undesirable: applications could perhaps be depending on
the old behavior, since it's not obviously wrong unless you read the
spec very closely. Hence, no back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5bb27a41-350d-37bf-901e-9d26f5592dd0@charter.net
equalsJsonbScalarValue() uses a boolean as return type, however for one
code path -1 gets returned, which is confusing. The origin of the
confusion is visibly that this code got copy-pasted from
compareJsonbScalarValue() since it has been introduced in d1d50bf.
No backpatch, as this is only cosmetic.
Author: Rikard Falkeborn
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADRDgG7mJnek6HNW13f+LF6V=6gag9PM+P7H5dnyWZAv49aBGg@mail.gmail.com
The function had been interpreting SQL_ASCII messages as UTF8, throwing
an error when they were invalid UTF8. The new behavior is consistent
with pg_do_encoding_conversion(). This affects LOG_DESTINATION_STDERR
and LOG_DESTINATION_EVENTLOG, which will send untranslated bytes to
write() and ReportEventA(). On buildfarm member bowerbird, enabling
log_connections caused an error whenever the role name was not valid
UTF8. Back-patch to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190512015615.GD1124997@rfd.leadboat.com
The right way for IsCatalogRelation/Class to behave is to return true
for OIDs less than FirstBootstrapObjectId (not FirstNormalObjectId),
without any of the ad-hoc fooling around with schema membership.
The previous code was wrong because (1) it claimed that
information_schema tables were not catalog relations but their toast
tables were, which is silly; and (2) if you dropped and recreated
information_schema, which is a supported operation, the behavior
changed. That's even sillier. With this definition, "catalog
relations" are exactly the ones traceable to the postgres.bki data,
which seems like what we want.
With this simplification, we don't actually need access to the pg_class
tuple to identify a catalog relation; we only need its OID. Hence,
replace IsCatalogClass with "IsCatalogRelationOid(oid)". But keep
IsCatalogRelation as a convenience function.
This allows fixing some arguably-wrong semantics in contrib/sepgsql and
ReindexRelationConcurrently, which were using an IsSystemNamespace test
where what they really should be using is IsCatalogRelationOid. The
previous coding failed to protect toast tables of system catalogs, and
also was not on board with the general principle that user-created tables
do not become catalogs just by virtue of being renamed into pg_catalog.
We can also get rid of a messy hack in ReindexMultipleTables.
While we're at it, also rename IsSystemNamespace to IsCatalogNamespace,
because the previous name invited confusion with the more expansive
semantics used by IsSystemRelation/Class.
Also improve the comments in catalog.c.
There are a few remaining places in replication-related code that are
special-casing OIDs below FirstNormalObjectId. I'm inclined to think
those are wrong too, and if there should be any special case it should
just extend to FirstBootstrapObjectId. But first we need to debate
whether a FOR ALL TABLES publication should include information_schema.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21697.1557092753@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15150.1557257111@sss.pgh.pa.us
This commit contains multiple improvements to error reporting in jsonpath
including but not limited to getting rid of following things:
* definition of error messages in macros,
* errdetail() when valueable information could fit to errmsg(),
* word "singleton" which is not properly explained anywhere,
* line breaks in error messages.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14890.1555523005%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
In examine_variable() and examine_simple_variable(), when checking the
user's table and column privileges to determine whether to grant
access to the pg_statistic data, use checkAsUser for the privilege
checks, if it's set. This will be the case if we're accessing the
table via a view, to indicate that we should perform privilege checks
as the view owner rather than the current user.
This change makes this planner check consistent with the check in the
executor, so the planner will be able to make use of statistics if the
table is accessible via the view. This fixes a performance regression
introduced by commit e2d4ef8de8, which affects queries against
non-security barrier views in the case where the user doesn't have
privileges on the underlying table, but the view owner does.
Note that it continues to provide the same safeguards controlling
access to pg_statistic for direct table access (in which case
checkAsUser won't be set) and for security barrier views, because of
the nearby checks on rte->security_barrier and rte->securityQuals.
Back-patch to all supported branches because e2d4ef8de8 was.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Jonathan Katz and Stephen Frost.
In commit e2d4ef8de8, security checks were added to prevent
user-supplied operators from running over data from pg_statistic
unless the user has table or column privileges on the table, or the
operator is leakproof. For a table with RLS, however, checking for
table or column privileges is insufficient, since that does not
guarantee that the user has permission to view all of the column's
data.
Fix this by also checking for securityQuals on the RTE, and insisting
that the operator be leakproof if there are any. Thus the
leakproofness check will only be skipped if there are no securityQuals
and the user has table or column privileges on the table -- i.e., only
if we know that the user has access to all the data in the column.
Back-patch to 9.5 where RLS was added.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Jonathan Katz and Stephen Frost.
Security: CVE-2019-10130
In the wake of commit f912d7dec, RelationSetIndexList isn't used any
more. It was always a horrid wart, so getting rid of it is very nice.
We can also convert rd_indexvalid back to a plain boolean.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28926.1556664156@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commits 3dbb317d3 et al failed under CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS testing.
Investigation showed that to reindex pg_class_oid_index, we must
suppress accesses to the index (via SetReindexProcessing) before we call
RelationSetNewRelfilenode, or at least before we do CommandCounterIncrement
therein; otherwise, relcache reloads happening within the CCI may try to
fetch pg_class rows using the index's new relfilenode value, which is as
yet an empty file.
Of course, the point of 3dbb317d3 was that that ordering didn't work
either, because then RelationSetNewRelfilenode's own update of the index's
pg_class row cannot access the index, should it need to.
There are various ways we might have got around that, but Andres Freund
came up with a brilliant solution: for a mapped index, we can really just
skip the pg_class update altogether. The only fields it was actually
changing were relpages etc, but it was just setting them to zeroes which
is useless make-work. (Correct new values will be installed at the end
of index build.) All pg_class indexes are mapped and probably always will
be, so this eliminates the problem by removing work rather than adding it,
always a pleasant outcome. Having taught RelationSetNewRelfilenode to do
it that way, we can revert the code reordering in reindex_index. (But
I left the moved setup code where it was; there seems no reason why it
has to run without use of the old index. If you're trying to fix a
busted pg_class index, you'll have had to disable system index use
altogether to get this far.)
Moreover, this means we don't need RelationSetIndexList at all, because
reindex_relation's hacking to make "REINDEX TABLE pg_class" work is
likewise now unnecessary. We'll leave that code in place in the back
branches, but a follow-on patch will remove it in HEAD.
In passing, do some minor cleanup for commit 5c1560606 (in HEAD only),
notably removing a duplicate newrnode assignment.
Patch by me, using a core idea due to Andres Freund. Back-patch to all
supported branches, as 3dbb317d3 was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28926.1556664156@sss.pgh.pa.us
Most of these stem from d25f519107 "tableam: relation creation, VACUUM
FULL/CLUSTER, SET TABLESPACE.".
1) To pass data to the relation_set_new_filenode()
RelationSetNewRelfilenode() was made to update RelationData.rd_rel
directly. That's not OK however, as it makes the relcache entries
temporarily inconsistent. Which among other scenarios is a problem
if a REINDEX targets an index on pg_class - the
CatalogTupleUpdate() in RelationSetNewRelfilenode(). Presumably
that was introduced because other places in the code do so - while
those aren't "good practice" they don't appear to be actively
buggy (e.g. because system tables may not be targeted).
I (Andres) should have caught this while reviewing and signficantly
evolving the code in that commit, mea culpa.
Fix that by instead passing in the new RelFileNode as separate
argument to relation_set_new_filenode() and rely on the relcache to
update the catalog entry. Also revert that the
RelationMapUpdateMap() call was changed to immediate, and undo some
other more unnecessary changes.
2) Document that the relation_set_new_filenode cannot rely on the
whole relcache entry to be valid. It might be worthwhile to
refactor the code to never have to rely on that, but given the way
heap_create() is currently coded, that'd be a large change.
3) ATExecSetTableSpace() shouldn't do FlushRelationBuffers() itself. A
table AM might not use shared buffers at all. Move to
index_copy_data() and heapam_relation_copy_data().
4) heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() previously sometimes accessed
rel->rd_rel->relpersistence rather than the `persistence`
argument. Code movement mistake.
5) Previously heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() re-opened the smgr
relation to create the init for, if necesary. Instead have
RelationCreateStorage() return the SMgrRelation and use it to
create the init fork.
6) Add a note about the danger of modifying the relcache directly to
ATExecSetTableSpace() - it's currently not a bug because there's a
check ERRORing for catalog tables.
Regression tests and assertion improvements that together trigger the
bug described in 1) will be added in a later commit, as there is a
related bug on all branches.
Reported-By: Michael Paquier
Diagnosed-By: Tom Lane and Andres Freund
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190418011430.GA19133@paquier.xyz
Be more consistent about use of XXXGetDatum macros in new jsonpath
code. This is mostly to avoid having code that looks randomly
different from everyplace else that's doing the exact same thing.
In pg_regress.c, avoid an unreferenced-function warning from
compilers that don't understand pg_attribute_unused(). Putting
the function inside the same #ifdef as its only caller is more
straightforward coding anyway.
In be-secure-openssl.c, avoid use of pg_attribute_unused() on a label.
That's pretty creative, but there's no good reason to suppose that
it's portable, and there's absolutely no need to use goto's here in the
first place. (This wasn't actually causing any buildfarm complaints,
but it's new code in v12 so it has no portability track record.)
Commit ca4103025d left a few loose ends. The most important one
(broken pg_dump output) is already fixed by virtue of commit
3b23552ad8, but some things remained:
* When ALTER TABLE rewrites tables, the indexes must remain in the
tablespace they were originally in. This didn't work because
index recreation during ALTER TABLE runs manufactured SQL (yuck),
which runs afoul of default_tablespace in competition with the parent
relation tablespace. To fix, reset default_tablespace to the empty
string temporarily, and add the TABLESPACE clause as appropriate.
* Setting a partitioned rel's tablespace to the database default is
confusing; if it worked, it would direct the partitions to that
tablespace regardless of default_tablespace. But in reality it does
not work, and making it work is a larger project. Therefore, throw
an error when this condition is detected, to alert the unwary.
Add some docs and tests, too.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1c260nOt_vBJ067AZ3JXptXVRohDVMLEBmudX1YEx-A@mail.gmail.com
cache_locale_time (extraction of LC_TIME-related info) had never been
taught the lessons we previously learned about extraction of info related
to LC_MONETARY and LC_NUMERIC. Specifically, commit 95a777c61 taught
PGLC_localeconv() that data coming out of localeconv() was in an encoding
determined by the relevant locale, but we didn't realize that there's a
similar issue with strftime(). And commit a4930e7ca hardened
PGLC_localeconv() against errors occurring partway through, but failed
to do likewise for cache_locale_time(). So, rearrange the latter
function to perform encoding conversion and not risk failure while
it's got the locales set to temporary values.
This time around I also changed PGLC_localeconv() to treat it as FATAL
if it can't restore the previous settings of the locale values. There
is no reason (except possibly OOM) for that to fail, and proceeding with
the wrong locale values seems like a seriously bad idea --- especially
on Windows where we have to also temporarily change LC_CTYPE. Also,
protect against the possibility that we can't identify the codeset
reported for LC_MONETARY or LC_NUMERIC; rather than just failing,
try to validate the data without conversion.
The user-visible symptom this fixes is that if LC_TIME is set to a locale
name that implies an encoding different from the database encoding,
non-ASCII localized day and month names would be retrieved in the wrong
encoding, leading to either unexpected encoding-conversion error reports
or wrong output from to_char(). The other possible failure modes are
unlikely enough that we've not seen reports of them, AFAIK.
The encoding conversion problems do not manifest on Windows, since
we'd already created special-case code to handle that issue there.
Per report from Juan José Santamaría Flecha. Back-patch to all
supported versions.
Juan José Santamaría Flecha and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC+AXB22So5aZm2vZe+MChYXec7gWfr-n-SK-iO091R0P_1Tew@mail.gmail.com
xml.c passed format = 1 to xmlNodeDump(), resulting in sometimes getting
extra whitespace (newlines + spaces) in the output. We don't really want
that, first because whitespace might be semantically significant in some
XML uses, and second because it happens only very inconsistently. Only
one case in our regression tests is affected.
This potentially affects the results of xpath() and the XMLTABLE construct,
when emitting nodeset values.
Note that the older code in contrib/xml2 doesn't do this; it seems
to have been an aboriginal bad decision in commit ea3b212fe.
While this definitely seems like a bug to me, the small number of
complaints to date argues against back-patching a behavioral change.
Hence, fix in HEAD only, at least for now.
Per report from Jean-Marc Voillequin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1EC8157EB499BF459A516ADCF135ADCE3A23A9CA@LON-WGMSX712.ad.moodys.net
HoldPinnedPortals() did things in the wrong order: it must not mark
a portal autoHeld until it's been successfully held. Otherwise,
a failure while persisting the portal results in a server crash
because we think the portal is in a good state when it's not.
Also add a check that portal->status is READY before attempting to
hold a pinned portal. We have such a check before the only other
use of HoldPortal(), so it seems unwise not to check it here.
Lastly, rethink the responsibility for where to call HoldPinnedPortals.
The comment for it imagined that it was optional for any individual PL
to call it or not, but that cannot be the case: if some outer level of
procedure has a pinned portal, failing to persist it when an inner
procedure commits is going to be trouble. Let's have SPI do it instead
of the individual PLs. That's not a complete solution, since in theory
a PL might not be using SPI to perform commit/rollback, but such a PL
is going to have to be aware of lots of related requirements anyway.
(This change doesn't cause an API break for any external PLs that might
be calling HoldPinnedPortals per the old regime, because calling it
twice during a commit or rollback sequence won't hurt.)
Per bug #15703 from Julian Schauder. Back-patch to v11 where this code
came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15703-c12c5bc0ea34ba26@postgresql.org
If a FOR ALL TABLES publication exists, temporary and unlogged tables
are ignored for publishing changes. But CheckCmdReplicaIdentity()
would still check in that case that such a table has a replica
identity set before accepting updates. To fix, have
GetRelationPublicationActions() return that such a table publishes no
actions.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/f3f151f7-c4dd-1646-b998-f60bd6217dd3@2ndquadrant.com
Previously, include actions include_dir, include_if_exists, and include
listed commented-out values which were not the defaults, which is
inconsistent with other entries. Instead, replace them with '', which
is the default value.
Reported-by: Emanuel Araújo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMuTAkYMx6Q27wpELDR3_v9aG443y7ZjeXu15_+1nGUjhMWOJA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Returning 0 could falsely indicate that there is no problem. NULL
correctly indicates that there is no information about potential
problems.
Also return 0 as numbackends instead of NULL for shared objects (as no
connection can be made to a shared object only).
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Treat <rob@xzilla.net>
The original coding of generate_partition_qual() just copied the list
of predicate expressions into the global CacheMemoryContext, making it
effectively impossible to clean up when the owning relcache entry is
destroyed --- the relevant code in RelationDestroyRelation() only managed
to free the topmost List header :-(. This resulted in a session-lifespan
memory leak whenever a table partition's relcache entry is rebuilt.
Fortunately, that's not normally a large data structure, and rebuilds
shouldn't occur all that often in production situations; but this is
still a bug worth fixing back to v10 where the code was introduced.
To fix, put the cached expression tree into its own small memory context,
as we do with other complicated substructures of relcache entries.
Also, deal more honestly with the case that a partition has an empty
partcheck list; while that probably isn't a case that's very interesting
for production use, it's legal.
In passing, clarify comments about how partitioning-related relcache
data structures are managed, and add some Asserts that we're not leaking
old copies when we overwrite these data fields.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7961.1552498252@sss.pgh.pa.us
postmaster startup scrutinizes any shared memory segment recorded in
postmaster.pid, exiting if that segment matches the current data
directory and has an attached process. When the postmaster.pid file was
missing, a starting postmaster used weaker checks. Change to use the
same checks in both scenarios. This increases the chance of a startup
failure, in lieu of data corruption, if the DBA does "kill -9 `head -n1
postmaster.pid` && rm postmaster.pid && pg_ctl -w start". A postmaster
will no longer stop if shmat() of an old segment fails with EACCES. A
postmaster will no longer recycle segments pertaining to other data
directories. That's good for production, but it's bad for integration
tests that crash a postmaster and immediately delete its data directory.
Such a test now leaks a segment indefinitely. No "make check-world"
test does that. win32_shmem.c already avoided all these problems. In
9.6 and later, enhance PostgresNode to facilitate testing. Back-patch
to 9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed (in earlier versions) by Daniel Gustafsson and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190408064141.GA2016666@rfd.leadboat.com
This adds a row to the pg_stat_database view with datoid 0 and datname
NULL for those objects that are not in a database. This was added
particularly for checksums, but we were already tracking more satistics
for these objects, just not returning it.
Also add a checksum_last_failure column that holds the timestamptz of
the last checksum failure that occurred in a database (or in a
non-dataabase file), if any.
Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
pg_get_indexdef_worker carelessly fetched indoption entries even for
non-key index columns that don't have one. 99.999% of the time this
would be harmless, since the code wouldn't examine the value ... but
some fine day this will be a fetch off the end of memory, resulting
in SIGSEGV.
Detected through valgrind testing. Odd that the buildfarm's valgrind
critters haven't noticed.
Similarly to the set of parameters for keepalive, a connection parameter
for libpq is added as well as a backend GUC, called tcp_user_timeout.
Increasing the TCP user timeout is useful to allow a connection to
survive extended periods without end-to-end connection, and decreasing
it allows application to fail faster. By default, the parameter is 0,
which makes the connection use the system default, and follows a logic
close to the keepalive parameters in its handling. When connecting
through a Unix-socket domain, the parameters have no effect.
Author: Ryohei Nagaura
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Kirk
Jamison, Mikalai Keida, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Andrei Yahorau
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/EDA4195584F5064680D8130B1CA91C45367328@G01JPEXMBYT04
Rewrite get_attgenerated() to avoid compiler warning if the compiler
does not recognize that elog(ERROR) does not return.
Reported-by: David Rowley <david.rowley@2ndquadrant.com>
The assertions added by commit b04aeb0a0 exposed that there are some
code paths wherein the executor will try to open an index without
holding any lock on it. We do have some lock on the index's table,
so it seems likely that there's no fatal problem with this (for
instance, the index couldn't get dropped from under us). Still,
it's bad practice and we should fix it.
To do so, remove the optimizations in ExecInitIndexScan and friends
that tried to avoid taking a lock on an index belonging to a target
relation, and just take the lock always. In non-bug cases, this
will result in no additional shared-memory access, since we'll find
in the local lock table that we already have a lock of the desired
type; hence, no significant performance degradation should occur.
Also, adjust the planner and executor so that the type of lock taken
on an index is always identical to the type of lock taken for its table,
by relying on the recently added RangeTblEntry.rellockmode field.
This avoids some corner cases where that might not have been true
before (possibly resulting in extra locking overhead), and prevents
future maintenance issues from having multiple bits of logic that
all needed to be in sync. In addition, this change removes all core
calls to ExecRelationIsTargetRelation, which avoids a possible O(N^2)
startup penalty for queries with large numbers of target relations.
(We'd probably remove that function altogether, were it not that we
advertise it as something that FDWs might want to use.)
Also adjust some places in selfuncs.c to not take any lock on indexes
they are transiently opening, since we can assume that plancat.c
did that already.
In passing, change gin_clean_pending_list() to take RowExclusiveLock
not AccessShareLock on its target index. Although it's not clear that
that's actually a bug, it seemed very strange for a function that's
explicitly going to modify the index to use only AccessShareLock.
David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud and Amit Langote,
a bit of further tweaking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19465.1541636036@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, md.c and checkpointer.c were tightly integrated so that
fsync calls could be handed off and processed in the background.
Introduce a system of callbacks and file tags, so that other modules
can hand off fsync work in the same way.
For now only md.c uses the new interface, but other users are being
proposed. Since there may be use cases that are not strictly SMGR
implementations, use a new function table for sync handlers rather
than extending the traditional SMGR one.
Instead of using a bitmapset of segment numbers for each RelFileNode
in the checkpointer's hash table, make the segment number part of the
key. This requires sending explicit "forget" requests for every
segment individually when relations are dropped, but suits the file
layout schemes of proposed future users better (ie sparse or high
segment numbers).
Author: Shawn Debnath and Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2gTANm=e3ARnJT=n0h8hf88wqmaZxk0JYkxw+b21fNrw@mail.gmail.com
postmaster startup scrutinizes any shared memory segment recorded in
postmaster.pid, exiting if that segment matches the current data
directory and has an attached process. When the postmaster.pid file was
missing, a starting postmaster used weaker checks. Change to use the
same checks in both scenarios. This increases the chance of a startup
failure, in lieu of data corruption, if the DBA does "kill -9 `head -n1
postmaster.pid` && rm postmaster.pid && pg_ctl -w start". A postmaster
will no longer recycle segments pertaining to other data directories.
That's good for production, but it's bad for integration tests that
crash a postmaster and immediately delete its data directory. Such a
test now leaks a segment indefinitely. No "make check-world" test does
that. win32_shmem.c already avoided all these problems. In 9.6 and
later, enhance PostgresNode to facilitate testing. Back-patch to 9.4
(all supported versions).
Reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20130911033341.GD225735@tornado.leadboat.com
Query planning is affected by a number of configuration options, and it
may be crucial to know which of those options were set to non-default
values. With this patch you can say EXPLAIN (SETTINGS ON) to include
that information in the query plan. Only options affecting planning,
with values different from the built-in default are printed.
This patch also adds auto_explain.log_settings option, providing the
same capability in auto_explain module.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e1791b4c-df9c-be02-edc5-7c8874944be0@2ndquadrant.com
This is useful to obtain a view of the different transaction types in an
application, regardless of the durations of the statements each runs.
Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Hayato Kuroda, Andres Freund
On both the frontend and backend, prepare for GSSAPI encryption
support by moving common code for error handling into a separate file.
Fix a TODO for handling multiple status messages in the process.
Eliminate the OIDs, which have not been needed for some time.
Add frontend and backend encryption support functions. Keep the
context initiation for authentication-only separate on both the
frontend and backend in order to avoid concerns about changing the
requested flags to include encryption support.
In postmaster, pull GSSAPI authorization checking into a shared
function. Also share the initiator name between the encryption and
non-encryption codepaths.
For HBA, add "hostgssenc" and "hostnogssenc" entries that behave
similarly to their SSL counterparts. "hostgssenc" requires either
"gss", "trust", or "reject" for its authentication.
Similarly, add a "gssencmode" parameter to libpq. Supported values are
"disable", "require", and "prefer". Notably, negotiation will only be
attempted if credentials can be acquired. Move credential acquisition
into its own function to support this behavior.
Add a simple pg_stat_gssapi view similar to pg_stat_ssl, for monitoring
if GSSAPI authentication was used, what principal was used, and if
encryption is being used on the connection.
Finally, add documentation for everything new, and update existing
documentation on connection security.
Thanks to Michael Paquier for the Windows fixes.
Author: Robbie Harwood, with changes to the read/write functions by me.
Reviewed in various forms and at different times by: Michael Paquier,
Andres Freund, David Steele.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/jlg1tgq1ktm.fsf@thriss.redhat.com
Previously, while primary keys could be made on partitioned tables, it
was not possible to define foreign keys that reference those primary
keys. Now it is possible to do that.
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181102234158.735b3fevta63msbj@alvherre.pgsql
This uses the progress reporting infrastructure added by c16dc1aca5,
adding support for CREATE INDEX and CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY.
There are two pieces to this: one is index-AM-agnostic, and the other is
AM-specific. The latter is fairly elaborate for btrees, including
reportage for parallel index builds and the separate phases that btree
index creation uses; other index AMs, which are much simpler in their
building procedures, have simplistic reporting only, but that seems
sufficient, at least for non-concurrent builds.
The index-AM-agnostic part is fairly complete, providing insight into
the CONCURRENTLY wait phases as well as block-based progress during the
index validation table scan. (The index validation index scan requires
patching each AM, which has not been included here.)
Reviewers: Rahila Syed, Pavan Deolasee, Tatsuro Yamada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181220220022.mg63bhk26zdpvmcj@alvherre.pgsql
When asked for a slice of a TOAST entry, decompress enough to return the
slice instead of decompressing the entire object.
For use cases where the slice is at, or near, the beginning of the entry,
this avoids a lot of unnecessary decompression work.
This changes the signature of pglz_decompress() by adding a boolean to
indicate if it's ok for the call to finish before consuming all of the
source or destination buffers.
Author: Paul Ramsey
Reviewed-By: Rafia Sabih, Darafei Praliaskouski, Regina Obe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACowWR07EDm7Y4m2kbhN_jnys%3DBBf9A6768RyQdKm_%3DNpkcaWg%40mail.gmail.com
On at least ZFS, it can be beneficial to create new WAL files every
time and not to bother zero-filling them. Since it's not clear which
other filesystems might benefit from one or both of those things,
add individual GUCs to control those two behaviors independently and
make only very general statements in the docs.
Author: Jerry Jelinek, with some adjustments by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra, Robert Haas and others
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPQ5Fo00QR7LNAcd1ZjgoBi4y97%2BK760YABs0vQHH5dLdkkMA%40mail.gmail.com
This unifies the various ad hoc logging (message printing, error
printing) systems used throughout the command-line programs.
Features:
- Program name is automatically prefixed.
- Message string does not end with newline. This removes a common
source of inconsistencies and omissions.
- Additionally, a final newline is automatically stripped, simplifying
use of PQerrorMessage() etc., another common source of mistakes.
- I converted error message strings to use %m where possible.
- As a result of the above several points, more translatable message
strings can be shared between different components and between
frontends and backend, without gratuitous punctuation or whitespace
differences.
- There is support for setting a "log level". This is not meant to be
user-facing, but can be used internally to implement debug or
verbose modes.
- Lazy argument evaluation, so no significant overhead if logging at
some level is disabled.
- Some color in the messages, similar to gcc and clang. Set
PG_COLOR=auto to try it out. Some colors are predefined, but can be
customized by setting PG_COLORS.
- Common files (common/, fe_utils/, etc.) can handle logging much more
simply by just using one API without worrying too much about the
context of the calling program, requiring callbacks, or having to
pass "progname" around everywhere.
- Some programs called setvbuf() to make sure that stderr is
unbuffered, even on Windows. But not all programs did that. This
is now done centrally.
Soft goals:
- Reduces vertical space use and visual complexity of error reporting
in the source code.
- Encourages more deliberate classification of messages. For example,
in some cases it wasn't clear without analyzing the surrounding code
whether a message was meant as an error or just an info.
- Concepts and terms are vaguely aligned with popular logging
frameworks such as log4j and Python logging.
This is all just about printing stuff out. Nothing affects program
flow (e.g., fatal exits). The uses are just too varied to do that.
Some existing code had wrappers that do some kind of print-and-exit,
and I adapted those.
I tried to keep the output mostly the same, but there is a lot of
historical baggage to unwind and special cases to consider, and I
might not always have succeeded. One significant change is that
pg_rewind used to write all error messages to stdout. That is now
changed to stderr.
Reviewed-by: Donald Dong <xdong@csumb.edu>
Reviewed-by: Arthur Zakirov <a.zakirov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6a609b43-4f57-7348-6480-bd022f924310@2ndquadrant.com
jsonb_path_match() checks if jsonb document matches jsonpath query. Therefore,
jsonpath query should return single boolean. Currently, if result of jsonpath
is not a single boolean, NULL is returned independently whether silent mode
is on or off. But that appears to be wrong when silent mode is off. This
commit makes jsonb_path_match() throw an error in this case.
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Jsonpath now accepts integers with leading zeroes and floats starting with
a dot. However, SQL standard requires to follow JSON specification, which
doesn't allow none of these cases. Our json[b] datatypes also restrict that.
So, restrict it in jsonpath altogether.
Author: Nikita Glukhov
This commit makes existing GIN operator classes jsonb_ops and json_path_ops
support "jsonb @@ jsonpath" and "jsonb @? jsonpath" operators. Basic idea is
to extract statements of following form out of jsonpath.
key1.key2. ... .keyN = const
The rest of jsonpath is rechecked from heap.
Catversion is bumped.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Katz, Pavel Stehule
One should almost always terminate an old process, not use a manual
removal tool like ipcrm. Removal of the ipcclean script eleven years
ago (39627b1ae6) and its non-replacement
corroborate that manual shm removal is now a niche goal. Back-patch to
9.4 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180812064815.GB2301738@rfd.leadboat.com
This is an SQL-standard feature that allows creating columns that are
computed from expressions rather than assigned, similar to a view or
materialized view but on a column basis.
This implements one kind of generated column: stored (computed on
write). Another kind, virtual (computed on read), is planned for the
future, and some room is left for it.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b151f851-4019-bdb1-699e-ebab07d2f40a@2ndquadrant.com
This moves the responsibility for:
- creating the storage necessary for a relation, including creating a
new relfilenode for a relation with existing storage
- non-transactional truncation of a relation
- VACUUM FULL / CLUSTER's rewrite of a table
below tableam.
This is fairly straight forward, with a bit of complexity smattered in
to move the computation of xid / multixid horizons below the AM, as
they don't make sense for every table AM.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Instead of inferring epoch progress from xids and checkpoints,
introduce a 64 bit FullTransactionId type and use it to track xid
generation. This fixes an unlikely bug where the epoch is reported
incorrectly if the range of active xids wraps around more than once
between checkpoints.
The only user-visible effect of this commit is to correct the epoch
used by txid_current() and txid_status(), also visible with
pg_controldata, in those rare circumstances. It also creates some
basic infrastructure so that later patches can use 64 bit
transaction IDs in more places.
The new type is a struct that we pass by value, as a form of strong
typedef. This prevents the sort of accidental confusion between
TransactionId and FullTransactionId that would be possible if we
were to use a plain old uint64.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BMv%2Bmb0HFfWM9Srtc6MVe160WFurXV68iAFMcagRZ0dQ%40mail.gmail.com
Introduce a third extended statistic type, supported by the CREATE
STATISTICS command - MCV lists, a generalization of the statistic
already built and used for individual columns.
Compared to the already supported types (n-distinct coefficients and
functional dependencies), MCV lists are more complex, include column
values and allow estimation of much wider range of common clauses
(equality and inequality conditions, IS NULL, IS NOT NULL etc.).
Similarly to the other types, a new pseudo-type (pg_mcv_list) is used.
Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Mark Dilger, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dfdac334-9cf2-2597-fb27-f0fb3753f435@2ndquadrant.com
The transaction ID returned by GetNextXidAndEpoch() is in the future,
so we can't attempt to access its status or we might try to read a
CLOG page that doesn't exist. The > vs >= confusion probably stemmed
from the choice of a variable name containing the word "last" instead
of "next", so fix that too.
Back-patch to 10 where the function arrived.
Author: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2Buua_BV5cyfsioKVN2d61Lukg28ECsWTXKvh%3DBtN2DPA%40mail.gmail.com
These instances were apparently trying to carry the const qualifier
from the arguments through the complex casts, but for that the const
qualifier was misplaced.
This primarily is to allow WHERE CURRENT OF to continue to work as it
currently does. It's not clear to me that these semantics make sense
for every AM, but it works for the in-core heap, and the out of core
zheap. We can refine it further at a later point if necessary.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
We were getting just DEFAULT_INEQ_SEL for comparisons such as
"ctid >= constant", but it's possible to do a lot better if we don't
mind some assumptions about the table's tuple density being reasonably
uniform. There are already assumptions much like that elsewhere in
the planner, so that hardly seems like much of an objection.
Extracted from a patch set that also proposes to introduce a special
executor node type for such queries. Not sure if that's going to make
it into v12, but improving the selectivity estimate is useful
independently of that.
Edmund Horner, reviewed by David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMyN-kB-nFTkF=VA_JPwFNo08S0d-Yk0F741S2B7LDmYAi8eyA@mail.gmail.com
This uses the same progress reporting infrastructure added in commit
c16dc1aca5 and extends it to these
additional cases. We lack the ability to track the internal progress
of sorts and index builds so the information reported is
coarse-grained for some parts of the operation, but it still seems
like a significant improvement over having nothing at all.
Tatsuro Yamada, reviewed by Thomas Munro, Masahiko Sawada, Michael
Paquier, Jeff Janes, Alvaro Herrera, Rafia Sabih, and by me. A fair
amount of polishing also by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/59A77072.3090401@lab.ntt.co.jp
Non-backtracking flex parsers work faster than backtracking ones. So, this
commit gets rid of backtracking in jsonpath_scan.l. That required explicit
handling of some cases as well as manual backtracking for some cases. More
regression tests for numerics are added.
Discussion: https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0?ik=a20b091faa&view=om&permmsgid=msg-f%3A1628425344167939063
Author: John Naylor, Nikita Gluknov, Alexander Korotkov
This commit include formatting improvements, renamings and comments. Also,
it makes jsonpath_scan.l be more uniform with other our lexers. Firstly,
states names are renamed to more short alternatives. Secondly, <INITIAL>
prefix removed from the rules. Corresponding rules are moved to the tail, so
they would anyway work only in initial state.
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Previously we were using the SQL:2003 definition, which doesn't allow
this, but that creates a serious dump/restore gotcha: there is no
setting of xmloption that will allow all valid XML data. Hence,
switch to the 2006 definition.
Since libxml doesn't accept <!DOCTYPE> directives in the mode we
use for CONTENT parsing, the implementation is to detect <!DOCTYPE>
in the input and switch to DOCUMENT parsing mode. This should not
cost much, because <!DOCTYPE> should be close to the front of the
input if it's there at all. It's possible that this causes the
error messages for malformed input to be slightly different than
they were before, if said input includes <!DOCTYPE>; but that does
not seem like a big problem.
In passing, buy back a few cycles in parsing of large XML documents
by not doing strlen() of the whole input in parse_xml_decl().
Back-patch because dump/restore failures are not nice. This change
shouldn't break any cases that worked before, so it seems safe to
back-patch.
Chapman Flack (revised a bit by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN-V+g-6JqUQEQZ55Q3toXEN6d5Ez5uvzL4VR+8KtvJKj31taw@mail.gmail.com
This adds a flag "deterministic" to collations. If that is false,
such a collation disables various optimizations that assume that
strings are equal only if they are byte-wise equal. That then allows
use cases such as case-insensitive or accent-insensitive comparisons
or handling of strings with different Unicode normal forms.
This functionality is only supported with the ICU provider. At least
glibc doesn't appear to have any locales that work in a
nondeterministic way, so it's not worth supporting this for the libc
provider.
The term "deterministic comparison" in this context is from Unicode
Technical Standard #10
(https://unicode.org/reports/tr10/#Deterministic_Comparison).
This patch makes changes in three areas:
- CREATE COLLATION DDL changes and system catalog changes to support
this new flag.
- Many executor nodes and auxiliary code are extended to track
collations. Previously, this code would just throw away collation
information, because the eventually-called user-defined functions
didn't use it since they only cared about equality, which didn't
need collation information.
- String data type functions that do equality comparisons and hashing
are changed to take the (non-)deterministic flag into account. For
comparison, this just means skipping various shortcuts and tie
breakers that use byte-wise comparison. For hashing, we first need
to convert the input string to a canonical "sort key" using the ICU
analogue of strxfrm().
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1ccc668f-4cbc-0bef-af67-450b47cdfee7@2ndquadrant.com
Trying to call the function with the top-most parent of a partition tree
was leading to a crash. In this case the correct result is to return
the top-most parent itself.
Reported-by: Álvaro Herrera
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190322032612.GA323@alvherre.pgsql
Make nbtree treat all index tuples as having a heap TID attribute.
Index searches can distinguish duplicates by heap TID, since heap TID is
always guaranteed to be unique. This general approach has numerous
benefits for performance, and is prerequisite to teaching VACUUM to
perform "retail index tuple deletion".
Naively adding a new attribute to every pivot tuple has unacceptable
overhead (it bloats internal pages), so suffix truncation of pivot
tuples is added. This will usually truncate away the "extra" heap TID
attribute from pivot tuples during a leaf page split, and may also
truncate away additional user attributes. This can increase fan-out,
especially in a multi-column index. Truncation can only occur at the
attribute granularity, which isn't particularly effective, but works
well enough for now. A future patch may add support for truncating
"within" text attributes by generating truncated key values using new
opclass infrastructure.
Only new indexes (BTREE_VERSION 4 indexes) will have insertions that
treat heap TID as a tiebreaker attribute, or will have pivot tuples
undergo suffix truncation during a leaf page split (on-disk
compatibility with versions 2 and 3 is preserved). Upgrades to version
4 cannot be performed on-the-fly, unlike upgrades from version 2 to
version 3. contrib/amcheck continues to work with version 2 and 3
indexes, while also enforcing stricter invariants when verifying version
4 indexes. These stricter invariants are the same invariants described
by "3.1.12 Sequencing" from the Lehman and Yao paper.
A later patch will enhance the logic used by nbtree to pick a split
point. This patch is likely to negatively impact performance without
smarter choices around the precise point to split leaf pages at. Making
these two mostly-distinct sets of enhancements into distinct commits
seems like it might clarify their design, even though neither commit is
particularly useful on its own.
The maximum allowed size of new tuples is reduced by an amount equal to
the space required to store an extra MAXALIGN()'d TID in a new high key
during leaf page splits. The user-facing definition of the "1/3 of a
page" restriction is already imprecise, and so does not need to be
revised. However, there should be a compatibility note in the v12
release notes.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkVb0Kom=R+88fDFb=JSxZMFvbHVC6Mn9LJ2n=X=kS-Uw@mail.gmail.com
Use dedicated struct to represent nbtree insertion scan keys. Having a
dedicated struct makes the difference between search type scankeys and
insertion scankeys a lot clearer, and simplifies the signature of
several related functions. This is based on a suggestion by Andrey
Lepikhov.
Streamline how unique index insertions cache binary search progress.
Cache the state of in-progress binary searches within _bt_check_unique()
for later instead of having callers avoid repeating the binary search in
an ad-hoc manner. This makes it easy to add a new optimization:
_bt_check_unique() now falls out of its loop immediately in the common
case where it's already clear that there couldn't possibly be a
duplicate.
The new _bt_check_unique() scheme makes it a lot easier to manage cached
binary search effort afterwards, from within _bt_findinsertloc(). This
is needed for the upcoming patch to make nbtree tuples unique by
treating heap TID as a final tiebreaker column. Unique key binary
searches need to restore lower and upper bounds. They cannot simply
continue to use the >= lower bound as the offset to insert at, because
the heap TID tiebreaker column must be used in comparisons for the
restored binary search (unlike the original _bt_check_unique() binary
search, where scankey's heap TID column must be omitted).
Author: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andrey Lepikhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmE6AhUdk9NdWBf4K3HjWXZBX3+umC7mH7+WDrKcRtsOw@mail.gmail.com
Jsonpath grammar and scanner are both quite small. It doesn't worth complexity
to compile them separately. This commit makes grammar and scanner be compiled
at once. Therefore, jsonpath_gram.h and jsonpath_gram.h are no longer needed.
This commit also does some reorganization of code in jsonpath_gram.y.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d47b2023-3ecb-5f04-d253-d557547cf74f%402ndQuadrant.com
Typedef name should be both unique and non-intersect with variable names
across all the sources. That makes both pg_indent and debuggers happy.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23865.1552936099%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Unrecognized attribute names are supposed to be ignored. But the code
would error out on an unrecognized attribute value even if it did not
recognize the attribute name. So unrecognized attributes wouldn't
really be ignored unless the value happened to be one that matched a
recognized value. This would break some important cases where the
attribute would be processed by ucol_open() directly. Fix that and
add a test case.
The restructured code should also avoid compiler warnings about
initializing a UColAttribute value to -1, because the type might be an
unsigned enum. (reported by Andres Freund)
In RI_FKey_pk_upd_check_required(), we check among other things
whether the old and new key are equal, so that we don't need to run
cascade actions when nothing has actually changed. This was using the
equality operator. But the effect of this is that if a value in the
primary key is changed to one that "looks" different but compares as
equal, the update is not propagated. (Examples are float -0 and 0 and
case-insensitive text.) This appears to violate the SQL standard, and
it also behaves inconsistently if in a multicolumn key another key is
also updated that would cause the row to compare as not equal.
To fix, if we are looking at the PK table in ri_KeysEqual(), then do a
bytewise comparison similar to record_image_eq() instead of using the
equality operators. This only makes a difference for ON UPDATE
CASCADE, but for consistency we treat all changes to the PK the same. For
the FK table, we continue to use the equality operators.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3326fc2e-bc02-d4c5-e3e5-e54da466e89a@2ndquadrant.com
Starting in ICU 54, collation customization attributes can be
specified in the locale string, for example
"@colStrength=primary;colCaseLevel=yes". Add support for this for
older ICU versions as well, by adding some minimal parsing of the
attributes in the locale string and calling ucol_setAttribute() on
them. This is essentially what never ICU versions do internally in
ucol_open(). This was we can offer this functionality in a consistent
way in all ICU versions supported by PostgreSQL.
Also add some tests for ICU collation customization.
Reported-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/0270ebd4-f67c-8774-1a5a-91adfb9bb41f@2ndquadrant.com
Add support of numeric error suppression to jsonpath as it's required by
standard. This commit doesn't use PG_TRY()/PG_CATCH() in order to implement
that. Instead, it provides internal versions of numeric functions used, which
support error suppression.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
SQL 2016 standards among other things contains set of SQL/JSON features for
JSON processing inside of relational database. The core of SQL/JSON is JSON
path language, allowing access parts of JSON documents and make computations
over them. This commit implements partial support JSON path language as
separate datatype called "jsonpath". The implementation is partial because
it's lacking datetime support and suppression of numeric errors. Missing
features will be added later by separate commits.
Support of SQL/JSON features requires implementation of separate nodes, and it
will be considered in subsequent patches. This commit includes following
set of plain functions, allowing to execute jsonpath over jsonb values:
* jsonb_path_exists(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
* jsonb_path_match(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
* jsonb_path_query(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
* jsonb_path_query_array(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]).
* jsonb_path_query_first(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]).
This commit also implements "jsonb @? jsonpath" and "jsonb @@ jsonpath", which
are wrappers over jsonpath_exists(jsonb, jsonpath) and jsonpath_predicate(jsonb,
jsonpath) correspondingly. These operators will have an index support
(implemented in subsequent patches).
Catversion bumped, to add new functions and operators.
Code was written by Nikita Glukhov and Teodor Sigaev, revised by me.
Documentation was written by Oleg Bartunov and Liudmila Mantrova. The work
was inspired by Oleg Bartunov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Alexander Korotkov, Oleg Bartunov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andrew Dunstan, Pavel Stehule, Alexander Korotkov
Some buildfarm members using CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS have been having OOM
problems of late. Commit 2455ab488 addressed this problem by recovering
space transiently used within RelationBuildPartitionDesc, but it turns
out that leaves quite a lot on the table, because other subroutines of
RelationBuildDesc also leak memory like mad. Let's move the temp-context
management into RelationBuildDesc so that leakage from the other
subroutines is also recovered.
I examined this issue by arranging for postgres.c to dump the size of
MessageContext just before resetting it in each command cycle, and
then running the update.sql regression test (which is one of the two
that are seeing buildfarm OOMs) with and without CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS.
Before 2455ab488, the peak space usage with CCA was as much as 250MB.
That patch got it down to ~80MB, but with this patch it's about 0.5MB,
and indeed the space usage now seems nearly indistinguishable from a
non-CCA build.
RelationBuildDesc's traditional behavior of not worrying about leaking
transient data is of many years' standing, so I'm pretty hesitant to
change that without more evidence that it'd be useful in a normal build.
(So far as I can see, non-CCA memory consumption is about the same with
or without this change, whuch if anything suggests that it isn't useful.)
Hence, configure the patch so that we recover space only when
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS or CLOBBER_CACHE_RECURSIVELY is defined. However,
that choice can be overridden at compile time, in case somebody would
like to do some performance testing and try to develop evidence for
changing that decision.
It's possible that we ought to back-patch this change, but in the
absence of back-branch OOM problems in the buildfarm, I'm not in
a hurry to do that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY3bRmGB6-DUnoVy5fJoreiBJ43rwMrQRCdPXuKt4Ykaw@mail.gmail.com
Previously, the SERIALIZABLE isolation level prevented parallel query
from being used. Allow the two features to be used together by
sharing the leader's SERIALIZABLEXACT with parallel workers.
An extra per-SERIALIZABLEXACT LWLock is introduced to make it safe to
share, and new logic is introduced to coordinate the early release
of the SERIALIZABLEXACT required for the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE
optimization, as follows:
The first backend to observe the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE flag (set by
some other transaction) will 'partially release' the SERIALIZABLEXACT,
meaning that the conflicts and locks it holds are released, but the
SERIALIZABLEXACT itself will remain active because other backends
might still have a pointer to it.
Whenever any backend notices the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE flag, it clears
its own MySerializableXact variable and frees local resources so that
it can skip SSI checks for the rest of the transaction. In the
special case of the leader process, it transfers the SERIALIZABLEXACT
to a new variable SavedSerializableXact, so that it can be completely
released at the end of the transaction after all workers have exited.
Remove the serializable_okay flag added to CreateParallelContext() by
commit 9da0cc35, because it's now redundant.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Haribabu Kommi, Robert Haas, Masahiko Sawada, Kevin Grittner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0gXGYhtrVDWOTHS8SQQy_=S9xo+8oCxGLWZAOoeJ=yzQ@mail.gmail.com
The SQL:2016 standard adds support for the hyperbolic functions
sinh(), cosh(), and tanh(). POSIX has long required libm to
provide those functions as well as their inverses asinh(),
acosh(), atanh(). Hence, let's just expose the libm functions
to the SQL level. As with the trig functions, we only implement
versions for float8, not numeric.
For the moment, we'll assume that all platforms actually do have
these functions; if experience teaches otherwise, some autoconf
effort may be needed.
SQL:2016 also adds support for base-10 logarithm, but with the
function name log10(), whereas the name we've long used is log().
Add aliases named log10() for the float8 and numeric versions.
Lætitia Avrot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB_COdguG22LO=rnxDQ2DW1uzv8aQoUzyDQNJjrR4k00XSgm5w@mail.gmail.com
Historically guc.c has just refused examples like set work_mem = '30.1GB',
but it seems more useful for it to take that and round off the value to
some reasonable approximation of what the user said. Just rounding to
the parameter's native unit would work, but it would lead to rather
silly-looking settings, such as 31562138kB for this example. Instead
let's round to the nearest multiple of the next smaller unit (if any),
producing 30822MB.
Also, do the units conversion math in floating point and round to integer
(if needed) only at the end. This produces saner results for inputs that
aren't exact multiples of the parameter's native unit, and removes another
difference in the behavior for integer vs. float parameters.
In passing, document the ability to use hex or octal input where it
ought to be documented.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1798.1552165479@sss.pgh.pa.us
Further buildfarm testing shows that on the machines that are failing
ac75959cd's test case, what we're actually getting from strtod("-infinity")
is a syntax error (endptr == value) not ERANGE at all. This test case
is not worth carrying two sets of expected output for, so just remove it,
and revert commit b212245f9's misguided attempt to work around the platform
dependency.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1h33xk-0001Og-Gs@gemulon.postgresql.org
Too allow table accesses to be not directly dependent on heap, several
new abstractions are needed. Specifically:
1) Heap scans need to be generalized into table scans. Do this by
introducing TableScanDesc, which will be the "base class" for
individual AMs. This contains the AM independent fields from
HeapScanDesc.
The previous heap_{beginscan,rescan,endscan} et al. have been
replaced with a table_ version.
There's no direct replacement for heap_getnext(), as that returned
a HeapTuple, which is undesirable for a other AMs. Instead there's
table_scan_getnextslot(). But note that heap_getnext() lives on,
it's still used widely to access catalog tables.
This is achieved by new scan_begin, scan_end, scan_rescan,
scan_getnextslot callbacks.
2) The portion of parallel scans that's shared between backends need
to be able to do so without the user doing per-AM work. To achieve
that new parallelscan_{estimate, initialize, reinitialize}
callbacks are introduced, which operate on a new
ParallelTableScanDesc, which again can be subclassed by AMs.
As it is likely that several AMs are going to be block oriented,
block oriented callbacks that can be shared between such AMs are
provided and used by heap. table_block_parallelscan_{estimate,
intiialize, reinitialize} as callbacks, and
table_block_parallelscan_{nextpage, init} for use in AMs. These
operate on a ParallelBlockTableScanDesc.
3) Index scans need to be able to access tables to return a tuple, and
there needs to be state across individual accesses to the heap to
store state like buffers. That's now handled by introducing a
sort-of-scan IndexFetchTable, which again is intended to be
subclassed by individual AMs (for heap IndexFetchHeap).
The relevant callbacks for an AM are index_fetch_{end, begin,
reset} to create the necessary state, and index_fetch_tuple to
retrieve an indexed tuple. Note that index_fetch_tuple
implementations need to be smarter than just blindly fetching the
tuples for AMs that have optimizations similar to heap's HOT - the
currently alive tuple in the update chain needs to be fetched if
appropriate.
Similar to table_scan_getnextslot(), it's undesirable to continue
to return HeapTuples. Thus index_fetch_heap (might want to rename
that later) now accepts a slot as an argument. Core code doesn't
have a lot of call sites performing index scans without going
through the systable_* API (in contrast to loads of heap_getnext
calls and working directly with HeapTuples).
Index scans now store the result of a search in
IndexScanDesc->xs_heaptid, rather than xs_ctup->t_self. As the
target is not generally a HeapTuple anymore that seems cleaner.
To be able to sensible adapt code to use the above, two further
callbacks have been introduced:
a) slot_callbacks returns a TupleTableSlotOps* suitable for creating
slots capable of holding a tuple of the AMs
type. table_slot_callbacks() and table_slot_create() are based
upon that, but have additional logic to deal with views, foreign
tables, etc.
While this change could have been done separately, nearly all the
call sites that needed to be adapted for the rest of this commit
also would have been needed to be adapted for
table_slot_callbacks(), making separation not worthwhile.
b) tuple_satisfies_snapshot checks whether the tuple in a slot is
currently visible according to a snapshot. That's required as a few
places now don't have a buffer + HeapTuple around, but a
slot (which in heap's case internally has that information).
Additionally a few infrastructure changes were needed:
I) SysScanDesc, as used by systable_{beginscan, getnext} et al. now
internally uses a slot to keep track of tuples. While
systable_getnext() still returns HeapTuples, and will so for the
foreseeable future, the index API (see 1) above) now only deals with
slots.
The remainder, and largest part, of this commit is then adjusting all
scans in postgres to use the new APIs.
Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
... as well as its implementation from backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c to
backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c.
access/hash is the place for the hash index AM, not really appropriate
for generic facilities, which is what hash_any is; having things the old
way meant that anything using hash_any had to include the AM's include
file, pointlessly polluting its namespace with unrelated, unnecessary
cruft.
Also move the HTEqual strategy number to access/stratnum.h from
access/hash.h.
To avoid breaking third-party extension code, add an #include
"utils/hashutils.h" to access/hash.h. (An easily removed line by
committers who enjoy their asbestos suits to protect them from angry
extension authors.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901251935.ser5e4h6djt2@alvherre.pgsql
Instead, just proceed with the infinity or zero result that it should
return for overflow/underflow. This avoids a platform dependency,
in that various versions of strtod are inconsistent about whether they
signal ERANGE for a value that's specified as infinity.
It's possible this won't be enough to remove the buildfarm failures
we're seeing from ac75959cd, in which case I'll take out the infinity
test case that commit added. But first let's see if we can fix it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1h33xk-0001Og-Gs@gemulon.postgresql.org
This reverts commit bd09503e63.
Per discussion, it seems like what we should do instead is to
reduce the default value of autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay by the
same factor. That's functionally equivalent as long as the
platform can accurately service the smaller delay request, which
should be true on anything released in the last 10 years or more.
And smaller, more-closely-spaced delays are better in terms of
providing a steady I/O load.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28720.1552101086@sss.pgh.pa.us
This change makes it possible to specify sub-millisecond delays,
which work well on most modern platforms, though that was not true
when the cost-delay feature was designed.
To support this without breaking existing configuration entries,
improve guc.c to allow floating-point GUCs to have units. Also,
allow "us" (microseconds) as an input/output unit for time-unit GUCs.
(It's not allowed as a base unit, at least not yet.)
Likewise change the autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay reloption to be
floating-point; this forces a catversion bump because the layout of
StdRdOptions changes.
This patch doesn't in itself change the default values or allowed
ranges for these parameters, and it should not affect the behavior
for any already-allowed setting for them.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1798.1552165479@sss.pgh.pa.us
This should reduce confusion in cases where we've applied a units
conversion, so that the number being reported (and the quoted range
limits) are in some other units than what the user gave in the
setting we're rejecting.
Some of the changes here assume that float GUCs can have units,
which isn't true just yet, but will be shortly.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3811.1552169665@sss.pgh.pa.us
None of the code that uses GUC values is really prepared for them to
hold NaN, but parse_real() didn't have any defense against accepting
such a value. Treat it the same as a syntax error.
I haven't attempted to analyze the exact consequences of setting any
of the float GUCs to NaN, but since they're quite unlikely to be good,
this seems like a back-patchable bug fix.
Note: we don't need an explicit test for +-Infinity because those will
be rejected by existing range checks. I added a regression test for
that in HEAD, but not older branches because the spelling of the value
in the error message will be platform-dependent in branches where we
don't always use port/snprintf.c.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1798.1552165479@sss.pgh.pa.us
This adds a column that counts how many checksum failures have occurred
on files belonging to a specific database. Both checksum failures
during normal backend processing and those created when a base backup
detects a checksum failure are counted.
Author: Magnus Hagander
Reviewed by: Julien Rouhaud
When the timezone is UTC, timestamptz and timestamp are binary coercible
in both directions. See b8a18ad485 and
c22ecc6562 for the previous attempt in
this problem space. Skip the table rewrite; for now, continue to
needlessly rewrite any index on an affected column.
Reviewed by Simon Riggs and Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190226061450.GA1665944@rfd.leadboat.com
This fixes two sets of issues related to the use of transient files in
the backend:
1) OpenTransientFile() has been used in some code paths with read-write
flags while read-only is sufficient, so switch those calls to be
read-only where necessary. These have been reported by Joe Conway.
2) When opening transient files, it is up to the caller to close the
file descriptors opened. In error code paths, CloseTransientFile() gets
called to clean up things before issuing an error. However in normal
exit paths, a lot of callers of CloseTransientFile() never actually
reported errors, which could leave a file descriptor open without
knowing about it. This is an issue I complained about a couple of
times, but never had the courage to write and submit a patch, so here we
go.
Note that one frontend code path is impacted by this commit so as an
error is issued when fetching control file data, making backend and
frontend to be treated consistently.
Reported-by: Joe Conway, Michael Paquier
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Georgios Kokolatos, Joe Conway
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190301023338.GD1348@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c49b69ec-e2f7-ff33-4f17-0eaa4f2cef27@joeconway.com
Certain libxml2 versions (such as the 2.7.6 commonly seen in older
distributions, but apparently only on x86_64) contain a bug that causes
xmlCopyNode, when called on a XML_DOCUMENT_NODE, to return a node that
xmlFreeNode crashes on. Arrange to call xmlFreeDoc instead of
xmlFreeNode for those nodes.
Per buildfarm members lapwing and grison.
Author: Pavel Stehule, light editing by Álvaro.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190308024436.GA2374@alvherre.pgsql
Correctly process nodes of more types than previously. In some cases,
nodes were being ignored (nothing was output); in other cases, trying to
return them resulted in errors about unrecognized nodes. In yet other
cases, necessary escaping (of XML special characters) was not being
done. Fix all those (as far as the authors could find) and add
regression tests cases verifying the new behavior.
I (Álvaro) was of two minds about backpatching these changes. They do
seem bugfixes that would benefit most users of the affected functions;
but on the other hand it would change established behavior in minor
releases, so it seems prudent not to.
Authors: Pavel Stehule, Markus Winand, Chapman Flack
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRA6J25CtAZ2TuRvxK3gat7-bBUYh0rfE2yM7Hj9GD14Dg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/8BDB0627-2105-4564-AA76-7849F028B96E@winand.at
The elephant in the room as pointed out by Chapman Flack, not fixed in
this commit, is that we still have XMLTABLE operating on XPath 1.0
instead of the standard-mandated XQuery (or even its subset XPath 2.0).
Fixing that is a major undertaking, however.
We still require AccessExclusiveLock on the partition itself, because
otherwise an insert that violates the newly-imposed partition
constraint could be in progress at the same time that we're changing
that constraint; only the lock level on the parent relation is
weakened.
To make this safe, we have to cope with (at least) three separate
problems. First, relevant DDL might commit while we're in the process
of building a PartitionDesc. If so, find_inheritance_children() might
see a new partition while the RELOID system cache still has the old
partition bound cached, and even before invalidation messages have
been queued. To fix that, if we see that the pg_class tuple seems to
be missing or to have a null relpartbound, refetch the value directly
from the table. We can't get the wrong value, because DETACH PARTITION
still requires AccessExclusiveLock throughout; if we ever want to
change that, this will need more thought. In testing, I found it quite
difficult to hit even the null-relpartbound case; the race condition
is extremely tight, but the theoretical risk is there.
Second, successive calls to RelationGetPartitionDesc might not return
the same answer. The query planner will get confused if lookup up the
PartitionDesc for a particular relation does not return a consistent
answer for the entire duration of query planning. Likewise, query
execution will get confused if the same relation seems to have a
different PartitionDesc at different times. Invent a new
PartitionDirectory concept and use it to ensure consistency. This
ensures that a single invocation of either the planner or the executor
sees the same view of the PartitionDesc from beginning to end, but it
does not guarantee that the planner and the executor see the same
view. Since this allows pointers to old PartitionDesc entries to
survive even after a relcache rebuild, also postpone removing the old
PartitionDesc entry until we're certain no one is using it.
For the most part, it seems to be OK for the planner and executor to
have different views of the PartitionDesc, because the executor will
just ignore any concurrently added partitions which were unknown at
plan time; those partitions won't be part of the inheritance
expansion, but invalidation messages will trigger replanning at some
point. Normally, this happens by the time the very next command is
executed, but if the next command acquires no locks and executes a
prepared query, it can manage not to notice until a new transaction is
started. We might want to tighten that up, but it's material for a
separate patch. There would still be a small window where a query
that started just after an ATTACH PARTITION command committed might
fail to notice its results -- but only if the command starts before
the commit has been acknowledged to the user. All in all, the warts
here around serializability seem small enough to be worth accepting
for the considerable advantage of being able to add partitions without
a full table lock.
Although in general the consequences of new partitions showing up
between planning and execution are limited to the query not noticing
the new partitions, run-time partition pruning will get confused in
that case, so that's the third problem that this patch fixes.
Run-time partition pruning assumes that indexes into the PartitionDesc
are stable between planning and execution. So, add code so that if
new partitions are added between plan time and execution time, the
indexes stored in the subplan_map[] and subpart_map[] arrays within
the plan's PartitionedRelPruneInfo get adjusted accordingly. There
does not seem to be a simple way to generalize this scheme to cope
with partitions that are removed, mostly because they could then get
added back again with different bounds, but it works OK for added
partitions.
This code does not try to ensure that every backend participating in
a parallel query sees the same view of the PartitionDesc. That
currently doesn't matter, because we never pass PartitionDesc
indexes between backends. Each backend will ignore the concurrently
added partitions which it notices, and it doesn't matter if different
backends are ignoring different sets of concurrently added partitions.
If in the future that matters, for example because we allow writes in
parallel query and want all participants to do tuple routing to the same
set of partitions, the PartitionDirectory concept could be improved to
share PartitionDescs across backends. There is a draft patch to
serialize and restore PartitionDescs on the thread where this patch
was discussed, which may be a useful place to start.
Patch by me. Thanks to Alvaro Herrera, David Rowley, Simon Riggs,
Amit Langote, and Michael Paquier for discussion, and to Alvaro
Herrera for some review.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobt2upbSocvvDej3yzokd7AkiT+PvgFH+a9-5VV1oJNSQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZE0r9-cyA-aY6f8WFEROaDLLL7Vf81kZ8MtFCkxpeQSw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY13KQZF-=HNTrt9UYWYx3_oYOQpu9ioNT49jGgiDpUEA@mail.gmail.com
This introduces the concept of table access methods, i.e. CREATE
ACCESS METHOD ... TYPE TABLE and
CREATE TABLE ... USING (storage-engine).
No table access functionality is delegated to table AMs as of this
commit, that'll be done in following commits.
Subsequent commits will incrementally abstract table access
functionality to be routed through table access methods. That change
is too large to be reviewed & committed at once, so it'll be done
incrementally.
Docs will be updated at the end, as adding them incrementally would
likely make them less coherent, and definitely is a lot more work,
without a lot of benefit.
Table access methods are specified similar to index access methods,
i.e. pg_am.amhandler returns, as INTERNAL, a pointer to a struct with
callbacks. In contrast to index AMs that struct needs to live as long
as a backend, typically that's achieved by just returning a pointer to
a constant struct.
Psql's \d+ now displays a table's access method. That can be disabled
with HIDE_TABLEAM=true, which is mainly useful so regression tests can
be run against different AMs. It's quite possible that this behaviour
still needs to be fine tuned.
For now it's not allowed to set a table AM for a partitioned table, as
we've not resolved how partitions would inherit that. Disallowing
allows us to introduce, if we decide that's the way forward, such a
behaviour without a compatibility break.
Catversion bumped, to add the heap table AM and references to it.
Author: Haribabu Kommi, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Dimitri Golgov and others
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsqlhttps://postgr.es/m/20190107235616.6lur25ph22u5u5av@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20190304234700.w5tmhducs5wxgzls@alap3.anarazel.de
The original 200 default value was set back in f425b605f4 when the cost
delay settings were first added. Hardware has improved quite a bit since
then and we've also made improvements such as sorting buffers during
checkpoints (9cd00c457e) which should result in less random writes.
This low default value was reportedly causing problems with badly
configured servers and in the absence of a native method to remove
excessive bloat from tables without incurring an AccessExclusiveLock, this
often made cleaning up the damage caused by badly configured auto-vacuums
difficult.
It seems more likely that someone will notice that auto-vacuum is running
too quickly than too slowly, so let's go all out and multiple the default
value for the setting by 10. With the default vacuum_cost_page_dirty and
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay (assuming a page size of 8192 bytes), this
allows autovacuum a theoretical maximum dirty write rate of around 39MB/s
instead of just 3.9MB/s.
Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_YbXC2qTMPyCbmsPiKvZYwpuQNQMohiRXLj1r=8_rYvw@mail.gmail.com
This changes the partition functions so as tables and indexes which are
not part of partition trees are handled the same way as what is done for
undefined objects and unsupported relkinds: pg_partition_tree() returns
no rows and pg_partition_root() returns a NULL result. Hence,
partitioned tables, partitioned indexes and relations whose flag
pg_class.relispartition is set are considered as valid objects to
process.
Previously, tables and indexes not included in a partition tree were
processed the same way as a partition or a partitioned table, which
caused the functions to return inconsistent results for inherited
tables, especially when inheriting from multiple tables.
Reported-by: Álvaro Herrera
Author: Amit Langote, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190228193203.GA26151@alvherre.pgsql
The function was tweaked so as it returned one row full of NULLs when
working on an unsupported relkind or an undefined object as of cc53123,
and after discussion with Amit and Álvaro it looks more natural to make
it return no rows.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190227184808.GA17357@alvherre.pgsql
We have forboth() and forthree() macros that simplify iterating
through several parallel lists, but not everyplace that could
reasonably use those was doing so. Also invent forfour() and
forfive() macros to do the same for four or five parallel lists,
and use those where applicable.
The immediate motivation for doing this is to reduce the number
of ad-hoc lnext() calls, to reduce the footprint of a WIP patch.
However, it seems like good cleanup and error-proofing anyway;
the places that were combining forthree() with a manually iterated
loop seem particularly illegible and bug-prone.
There was some speculation about restructuring related parsetree
representations to reduce the need for parallel list chasing of
this sort. Perhaps that's a win, or perhaps not, but in any case
it would be considerably more invasive than this patch; and it's
not particularly related to my immediate goal of improving the
List infrastructure. So I'll leave that question for another day.
Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
There was a mix of old_slot/oldslot, new_slot/newslot. Since we've
changed everything from row to slot, we might as well take this
opportunity to clean this up.
Also update some more comments for the slot change.
ri_triggers.c spends a lot of space catering to a not-yet-implemented
MATCH PARTIAL option. An actual implementation would probably not use
the existing code structure anyway, so let's just simplify this for
now.
First, have ri_FetchConstraintInfo() check that riinfo->confmatchtype
is valid. Then we don't have to repeat that everywhere.
In the various referential action functions, we don't need to pay
attention to the match type at all right now, so remove all that code.
A future MATCH PARTIAL implementation would probably have some
conditions added to the present code, but it won't need an entirely
separate switch branch in each case.
In RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required(), reorganize the code to make it
much simpler.
Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0ccdd3e1-10b0-dd05-d8a7-183507c11eb1%402ndquadrant.com
Reflecting an updated parameter value requires a server restart, which
was not mentioned in the documentation and in postgresql.conf.sample.
Reported-by: Thomas Poty
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15659-0cd812f13027a2d8@postgresql.org
In preparation for abstracting table storage, convert trigger.c to
track tuples in slots. Which also happens to make code calling
triggers simpler.
As the calling interface for triggers themselves is not changed in
this patch, HeapTuples still are extracted from the slot at that
time. But that's handled solely inside trigger.c, not visible to
callers. It's quite likely that we'll want to revise the external
trigger interface, but that's a separate large project.
As part of this work the slots used for old/new/return tuples are
moved from EState into ResultRelInfo, as different updated tables
might need different slots. The slots are now also now created
on-demand, which is good both from an efficiency POV, but also makes
the modifying code simpler.
Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar and Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit 16be2fd1 introduced the flag DSA_ALLOC_NO_OOM to control whether
the DSA allocator would raise an error or return InvalidDsaPointer on
failure to allocate. One edge case was not handled correctly: if we
fail to allocate an internal "span" object for a large allocation, we
would always return InvalidDsaPointer regardless of the flag; a caller
not expecting that could then dereference a null pointer.
This is a plausible explanation for a one-off report of a segfault.
Remove a redundant pair of braces so that all three stanzas that handle
DSA_ALLOC_NO_OOM match in style, for visual consistency.
While fixing inconsistencies, if FreePageManagerGet() can't supply the
pages that our book-keeping says it should be able to supply, then we
should always report a FATAL error. Previously we treated that as a
regular allocation failure in one code path, but as a FATAL condition
in another.
Back-patch to 10, where dsa.c landed.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Jakub Glapa
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2oPqXxyWQ-1o60tpOLrwkw=VpgNXqqF1VN2EyO9zKGQw@mail.gmail.com
It seems to make more sense for this to be in selfuncs.c, since it's
largely a statistical-estimation thing, and it's related to other
functions like estimate_hash_bucket_stats that are there.
While at it, change the result type from Size to double. Perhaps at one
point it was impossible for the result to overflow an integer, but
I've got no confidence in that proposition anymore. Nothing's actually
done with the result except to compare it to a work_mem-based limit,
so as long as we don't get an overflow on the way to that comparison,
things should be fine even with very large dNumGroups.
Code movement proposed by Antonin Houska, type change by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25767.1549359615@localhost
Change pg_stat_ssl so that an unprivileged user can only see their own
rows; other rows will be all null. This makes the behavior consistent
with pg_stat_activity, where information about where the connection
came from is also restricted.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/63117976-d02c-c8e2-3aef-caa31a5ab8d3%402ndquadrant.com
This is similar in spirit to the existing partbounds.c file in the
same directory, except that there's a lot less code in the new file
created by this commit. Pending work in this area proposes to add a
bunch more code related to PartitionDescs, though, and this will give
us a good place to put it.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZUwPf_uanjF==gTGBMJrn8uCq52XYvAEorNkLrUdoawg@mail.gmail.com
When building an initial slot snapshot, snapshots are marked with
historic MVCC snapshots as type with the marker field being set in
SnapBuildBuildSnapshot() but not overriden in SnapBuildInitialSnapshot().
Existing callers of SnapBuildBuildSnapshot() do not care about the type
of snapshot used, but extensions calling it actually may, as reported.
While on it, mark correctly the snapshot type when importing one. This
is cosmetic as the field is enforced to 0.
Author: Antonin Houska
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23215.1527665193@localhost
Backpatch-through: 9.4
Historically we've always materialized the full output of a CTE query,
treating WITH as an optimization fence (so that, for example, restrictions
from the outer query cannot be pushed into it). This is appropriate when
the CTE query is INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE, or is recursive; but when the CTE
query is non-recursive and side-effect-free, there's no hazard of changing
the query results by pushing restrictions down.
Another argument for materialization is that it can avoid duplicate
computation of an expensive WITH query --- but that only applies if
the WITH query is called more than once in the outer query. Even then
it could still be a net loss, if each call has restrictions that
would allow just a small part of the WITH query to be computed.
Hence, let's change the behavior for WITH queries that are non-recursive
and side-effect-free. By default, we will inline them into the outer
query (removing the optimization fence) if they are called just once.
If they are called more than once, we will keep the old behavior by
default, but the user can override this and force inlining by specifying
NOT MATERIALIZED. Lastly, the user can force the old behavior by
specifying MATERIALIZED; this would mainly be useful when the query had
deliberately been employing WITH as an optimization fence to prevent a
poor choice of plan.
Andreas Karlsson, Andrew Gierth, David Fetter
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sh48ffhb.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Test for the compiler builtins __builtin_clz, __builtin_ctz, and
__builtin_popcount, and make use of these in preference to
handwritten C code if they're available. Create src/port
infrastructure for "leftmost one", "rightmost one", and "popcount"
so as to centralize these decisions.
On x86_64, __builtin_popcount generally won't make use of the POPCNT
opcode because that's not universally supported yet. Provide code
that checks CPUID and then calls POPCNT via asm() if available.
This requires indirecting through a function pointer, which is
an annoying amount of overhead for a one-instruction operation,
but it's probably not worth working harder than this for our
current use-cases.
I'm not sure we've found all the existing places that could profit
from this new infrastructure; but we at least touched all the
ones that used copied-and-pasted versions of the bitmapset.c code,
and got rid of multiple copies of the associated constant arrays.
While at it, replace c-compiler.m4's one-per-builtin-function
macros with a single one that can handle all the cases we need
to worry about so far. Also, because I'm paranoid, make those
checks into AC_LINK checks rather than just AC_COMPILE; the
former coding failed to verify that libgcc has support for the
builtin, in cases where it's not inline code.
David Rowley, Thomas Munro, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9WTAGG1tPeJnD18hiQW5gAk59fQ6WK-vfdAKEHyRg2RA@mail.gmail.com
Get rid of deconstruct_indexquals() in favor of just iterating over the
IndexClause list directly. The extra services that that function used to
provide, such as hiding clause commutation and associating the right index
column with each clause, are no longer useful given the new data structure.
I'd originally thought that it'd provide a useful amount of abstraction
by freeing callers from paying attention to the exact clause type of each
indexqual, but that hope proves to have been vain, because few callers can
ignore the semantic differences between different clause types. Indeed,
removing it results in a net code savings, and probably some cycles shaved
by not having to build an extra list-of-structs data structure.
Also, export a few formerly-static support functions, with the goal
of allowing extension AMs to write functionality equivalent to
genericcostestimate() without pointless code duplication.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24586.1550106354@sss.pgh.pa.us
In commit 1a8d5afb0, I thought it'd be a good idea to define
IndexClause.indexquals as NIL in the most common case where the given
clause (IndexClause.rinfo) is usable exactly as-is. It'd be more
consistent to define the indexquals in that case as being a one-element
list containing IndexClause.rinfo, but I thought saving the palloc
overhead for making such a list would be worthwhile.
In hindsight, that was a great example of "premature optimization is the
root of all evil": it's complicated everyplace that needs to deal with
the indexquals, requiring duplicative code to handle both the simple
case and the not-simple case. I'd initially found that tolerable but
it's getting less so as I mop up some areas that I'd not touched in
1a8d5afb0. In any case, two more pallocs during a planner run are
surely at the noise level (a conclusion confirmed by a bit of
microbenchmarking). So let's change this decision before it becomes
set in stone, and insist that IndexClause.indexquals always be a valid
list of the actual index quals for the clause.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24586.1550106354@sss.pgh.pa.us
While at it, refactor patternsel() a bit so that it can be used from
the LIKE/regex planner support functions as well. This makes the
planner able to deal equally well with either operator or function
syntax for these operations. I'm not excited about that as a feature
in itself, but it provides a nice model for extensions to follow if
they want such behavior for their operations.
This change localizes the use of pattern_fixed_prefix() and
make_greater_string() so that they no longer need be exported.
(We might get pushback from extensions about that, perhaps,
in which case I'd be inclined to re-export them in a new header
file like_support.h.)
This reduces the bulk of selfuncs.c a fair amount, removing ~1370
lines or about one-sixth of that file; it's still too big, but this
is progress.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24537.1550093915@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, floating-point output was done by rounding to a specific
decimal precision; by default, to 6 or 15 decimal digits (losing
information) or as requested using extra_float_digits. Drivers that
wanted exact float values, and applications like pg_dump that must
preserve values exactly, set extra_float_digits=3 (or sometimes 2 for
historical reasons, though this isn't enough for float4).
Unfortunately, decimal rounded output is slow enough to become a
noticable bottleneck when dealing with large result sets or COPY of
large tables when many floating-point values are involved.
Floating-point output can be done much faster when the output is not
rounded to a specific decimal length, but rather is chosen as the
shortest decimal representation that is closer to the original float
value than to any other value representable in the same precision. The
recently published Ryu algorithm by Ulf Adams is both relatively
simple and remarkably fast.
Accordingly, change float4out/float8out to output shortest decimal
representations if extra_float_digits is greater than 0, and make that
the new default. Applications that need rounded output can set
extra_float_digits back to 0 or below, and take the resulting
performance hit.
We make one concession to portability for systems with buggy
floating-point input: we do not output decimal values that fall
exactly halfway between adjacent representable binary values (which
would rely on the reader doing round-to-nearest-even correctly). This
is known to be a problem at least for VS2013 on Windows.
Our version of the Ryu code originates from
https://github.com/ulfjack/ryu/ at commit c9c3fb1979, but with the
following (significant) modifications:
- Output format is changed to use fixed-point notation for small
exponents, as printf would, and also to use lowercase 'e', a
minimum of 2 exponent digits, and a mandatory sign on the exponent,
to keep the formatting as close as possible to previous output.
- The output of exact midpoint values is disabled as noted above.
- The integer fast-path code is changed somewhat (since we have
fixed-point output and the upstream did not).
- Our project style has been largely applied to the code with the
exception of C99 declaration-after-statement, which has been
retained as an exception to our present policy.
- Most of upstream's debugging and conditionals are removed, and we
use our own configure tests to determine things like uint128
availability.
Changing the float output format obviously affects a number of
regression tests. This patch uses an explicit setting of
extra_float_digits=0 for test output that is not expected to be
exactly reproducible (e.g. due to numerical instability or differing
algorithms for transcendental functions).
Conversions from floats to numeric are unchanged by this patch. These
may appear in index expressions and it is not yet clear whether any
change should be made, so that can be left for another day.
This patch assumes that the only supported floating point format is
now IEEE format, and the documentation is updated to reflect that.
Code by me, adapting the work of Ulf Adams and other contributors.
References:
https://dl.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=3192369
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Donald Dong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87r2el1bx6.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Using strtod() creates a double-rounding problem; the input decimal
value is first rounded to the nearest double; rounding that to the
nearest float may then give an incorrect result.
An example is that 7.038531e-26 when input via strtod and then rounded
to float4 gives 0xAE43FEp-107 instead of the correct 0xAE43FDp-107.
Values output by earlier PG versions with extra_float_digits=3 should
all be read in with the same values as previously. However, values
supplied by other software using shortest representations could be
mis-read.
On platforms that lack a strtof() entirely, we fall back to the old
incorrect rounding behavior. (As strtof() is required by C99, such
platforms are considered of primarily historical interest.) On VS2013,
some workarounds are used to get correct error handling.
The regression tests now test for the correct input values, so
platforms that lack strtof() will need resultmap entries. An entry for
HP-UX 10 is included (more may be needed).
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/871s5emitx.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87d0owlqpv.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
In a corner case, a btree page was allocated during a clean-up operation
that could cause the tracking of the largest contiguous span of free
space to get out of whack. That was supposed to be prevented by the use
of the "soft" flag to avoid allocating internal pages during incidental
clean-up work, but the flag was ignored in the case where the FPM was
promoted from singleton format to btree format. Repair.
Remove an obsolete comment in passing.
Back-patch to 10, where freepage.c arrived (as support for dsa.c).
Author: Robert Haas
Diagnosed-by: Thomas Munro and Robert Haas
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby, Rick Otten, Sand Stone, Arne Roland and others
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMAYy4%2Bw3NTBM5JLWFi8twhWK4%3Dk_5L4nV5%2BbYDSPu8r4b97Zg%40mail.gmail.com
We're only going to consider key columns when creating indexquals,
so there is no point in having the outer loops in indxpath.c iterate
further than nkeycolumns.
Doing so in match_pathkeys_to_index() is actually wrong, and would have
caused crashes by now, except that we have no index AMs supporting both
amcanorderbyop and amcaninclude.
It's also wrong in relation_has_unique_index_for(). The effect there is
to fail to prove uniqueness even when the index does prove it, if there
are extra columns.
Also future-proof examine_variable() for the day when extra columns can
be expressions, and fix what's either a thinko or just an oversight in
btcostestimate(): we should consider the number of key columns, not the
total, when deciding whether to derate correlation.
None of these things seemed important enough to risk changing in a
just-before-wrap patch, but since we're past the release wrap window,
time to fix 'em.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25526.1549847928@sss.pgh.pa.us
For a long time, indxpath.c has had the ability to extract derived (lossy)
index conditions from certain operators such as LIKE. For just as long,
it's been obvious that we really ought to make that capability available
to extensions. This commit finally accomplishes that, by adding another
API for planner support functions that lets them create derived index
conditions for their functions. As proof of concept, the hardwired
"special index operator" code formerly present in indxpath.c is pushed
out to planner support functions attached to LIKE and other relevant
operators.
A weak spot in this design is that an extension needs to know OIDs for
the operators, datatypes, and opfamilies involved in the transformation
it wants to make. The core-code prototypes use hard-wired OID references
but extensions don't have that option for their own operators etc. It's
usually possible to look up the required info, but that may be slow and
inconvenient. However, improving that situation is a separate task.
I want to do some additional refactorization around selfuncs.c, but
that also seems like a separate task.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
Since its introduction, max_wal_senders is counted as part of
max_connections when it comes to define how many connection slots can be
used for replication connections with a WAL sender context. This can
lead to confusion for some users, as it could be possible to block a
base backup or replication from happening because other backend sessions
are already taken for other purposes by an application, and
superuser-only connection slots are not a correct solution to handle
that case.
This commit makes max_wal_senders independent of max_connections for its
handling of PGPROC entries in ProcGlobal, meaning that connection slots
for WAL senders are handled using their own free queue, like autovacuum
workers and bgworkers.
One compatibility issue that this change creates is that a standby now
requires to have a value of max_wal_senders at least equal to its
primary. So, if a standby created enforces the value of
max_wal_senders to be lower than that, then this could break failovers.
Normally this should not be an issue though, as any settings of a
standby are inherited from its primary as postgresql.conf gets normally
copied as part of a base backup, so parameters would be consistent.
Author: Alexander Kukushkin
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Petr Jelínek, Masahiko Sawada, Oleksii
Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFh8B=nBzHQeYAu0b8fjK-AF1X4+_p6GRtwG+cCgs6Vci2uRuQ@mail.gmail.com
Add support function requests for estimating the selectivity, cost,
and number of result rows (if a SRF) of the target function.
The lack of a way to estimate selectivity of a boolean-returning
function in WHERE has been a recognized deficiency of the planner
since Berkeley days. This commit finally fixes it.
In addition, non-constant estimates of cost and number of output
rows are now possible. We still fall back to looking at procost
and prorows if the support function doesn't service the request,
of course.
To make concrete use of the possibility of estimating output rowcount
for SRFs, this commit adds support functions for array_unnest(anyarray)
and the integer variants of generate_series; the lack of plausible
rowcount estimates for those, even when it's obvious to a human,
has been a repeated subject of complaints. Obviously, much more
could now be done in this line, but I'm mostly just trying to get
the infrastructure in place.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
Rename/repurpose pg_proc.protransform as "prosupport". The idea is
still that it names an internal function that provides knowledge to
the planner about the behavior of the function it's attached to;
but redesign the API specification so that it's not limited to doing
just one thing, but can support an extensible set of requests.
The original purpose of simplifying a function call is handled by
the first request type to be invented, SupportRequestSimplify.
Adjust all the existing transform functions to handle this API,
and rename them fron "xxx_transform" to "xxx_support" to reflect
the potential generalization of what they do. (Since we never
previously provided any way for extensions to add transform functions,
this change doesn't create an API break for them.)
Also add DDL and pg_dump support for attaching a support function to a
user-defined function. Unfortunately, DDL access has to be restricted
to superusers, at least for now; but seeing that support functions
will pretty much have to be written in C, that limitation is just
theoretical. (This support is untested in this patch, but a follow-on
patch will add cases that exercise it.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
In place of three separate but interrelated lists (indexclauses,
indexquals, and indexqualcols), an IndexPath now has one list
"indexclauses" of IndexClause nodes. This holds basically the same
information as before, but in a more useful format: in particular, there
is now a clear connection between an indexclause (an original restriction
clause from WHERE or JOIN/ON) and the indexquals (directly usable index
conditions) derived from it.
We also change the ground rules a bit by mandating that clause commutation,
if needed, be done up-front so that what is stored in the indexquals list
is always directly usable as an index condition. This gets rid of repeated
re-determination of which side of the clause is the indexkey during costing
and plan generation, as well as repeated lookups of the commutator
operator. To minimize the added up-front cost, the typical case of
commuting a plain OpExpr is handled by a new special-purpose function
commute_restrictinfo(). For RowCompareExprs, generating the new clause
properly commuted to begin with is not really any more complex than before,
it's just different --- and we can save doing that work twice, as the
pretty-klugy original implementation did.
Tracking the connection between original and derived clauses lets us
also track explicitly whether the derived clauses are an exact or lossy
translation of the original. This provides a cheap solution to getting
rid of unnecessary rechecks of boolean index clauses, which previously
seemed like it'd be more expensive than it was worth.
Another pleasant (IMO) side-effect is that EXPLAIN now always shows
index clauses with the indexkey on the left; this seems less confusing.
This commit leaves expand_indexqual_conditions() and some related
functions in a slightly messy state. I didn't bother to change them
any more than minimally necessary to work with the new data structure,
because all that code is going to be refactored out of existence in
a follow-on patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22182.1549124950@sss.pgh.pa.us
While this isn't really supposed to happen, it can occur in OOM
situations and perhaps others. Instead of crashing, substitute
"(no message provided)".
I didn't worry about localizing this text, since we aren't
localizing anything else here; besides, if we're on the edge of
OOM, it's unlikely gettext() would work.
Report and fix by Sergio Conde Gómez in bug #15624.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15624-4dea54091a2864e6@postgresql.org
This is useful when looking at partition trees with multiple layers, and
combined with pg_partition_tree, it provides the possibility to show up
an entire tree by just knowing one member at any level.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181207014015.GP2407@paquier.xyz
The bug was that determining which columns are part of the replica
identity index using RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap() would run
eval_const_expressions() on index expressions and predicates across
all indexes of the table, which in turn might require a snapshot, but
there wasn't one set, so it crashes. There were actually two separate
bugs, one on the publisher and one on the subscriber.
To trigger the bug, a table that is part of a publication or
subscription needs to have an index with a predicate or expression
that lends itself to constant expressions simplification.
The fix is to avoid the constant expressions simplification in
RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(), so that it becomes safe to call in these
contexts. The constant expressions simplification comes from the
calls to RelationGetIndexExpressions()/RelationGetIndexPredicate() via
BuildIndexInfo(). But RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap() calling
BuildIndexInfo() is overkill. The latter just takes pg_index catalog
information, packs it into the IndexInfo structure, which former then
just unpacks again and throws away. We can just do this directly with
less overhead and skip the troublesome calls to
eval_const_expressions(). This also removes the awkward
cross-dependency between relcache.c and index.c.
Bug: #15114
Reported-by: Петър Славов <pet.slavov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/152110589574.1223.17983600132321618383@wrigleys.postgresql.org/
Create a new header optimizer/optimizer.h, which exposes just the
planner functions that can be used "at arm's length", without need
to access Paths or the other planner-internal data structures defined
in nodes/relation.h. This is intended to provide the whole planner
API seen by most of the rest of the system; although FDWs still need
to use additional stuff, and more thought is also needed about just
what selfuncs.c should rely on.
The main point of doing this now is to limit the amount of new
#include baggage that will be needed by "planner support functions",
which I expect to introduce later, and which will be in relevant
datatype modules rather than anywhere near the planner.
This commit just moves relevant declarations into optimizer.h from
other header files (a couple of which go away because everything
got moved), and adjusts #include lists to match. There's further
cleanup that could be done if we want to decide that some stuff
being exposed by optimizer.h doesn't belong in the planner at all,
but I'll leave that for another day.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
Move a few very simple node-creation and node-type-testing functions
from the planner's clauses.c to nodes/makefuncs and nodes/nodeFuncs.
There's nothing planner-specific about them, as evidenced by the
number of other places that were using them.
While at it, rename and_clause() etc to is_andclause() etc, to clarify
that they are node-type-testing functions not node-creation functions.
And use "static inline" implementations for the shortest ones.
Also, modify flatten_join_alias_vars() and some subsidiary functions
to take a Query not a PlannerInfo to define the join structure that
Vars should be translated according to. They were only using the
"parse" field of the PlannerInfo anyway, so this just requires removing
one level of indirection. The advantage is that now parse_agg.c can
use flatten_join_alias_vars() without the horrid kluge of creating an
incomplete PlannerInfo, which will allow that file to be decoupled from
relation.h in a subsequent patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
The fact that "SELECT expression" has no base relations has long been a
thorn in the side of the planner. It makes it hard to flatten a sub-query
that looks like that, or is a trivial VALUES() item, because the planner
generally uses relid sets to identify sub-relations, and such a sub-query
would have an empty relid set if we flattened it. prepjointree.c contains
some baroque logic that works around this in certain special cases --- but
there is a much better answer. We can replace an empty FROM clause with a
dummy RTE that acts like a table of one row and no columns, and then there
are no such corner cases to worry about. Instead we need some logic to
get rid of useless dummy RTEs, but that's simpler and covers more cases
than what was there before.
For really trivial cases, where the query is just "SELECT expression" and
nothing else, there's a hazard that adding the extra RTE makes for a
noticeable slowdown; even though it's not much processing, there's not
that much for the planner to do overall. However testing says that the
penalty is very small, close to the noise level. In more complex queries,
this is able to find optimizations that we could not find before.
The new RTE type is called RTE_RESULT, since the "scan" plan type it
gives rise to is a Result node (the same plan we produced for a "SELECT
expression" query before). To avoid confusion, rename the old ResultPath
path type to GroupResultPath, reflecting that it's only used in degenerate
grouping cases where we know the query produces just one grouped row.
(It wouldn't work to unify the two cases, because there are different
rules about where the associated quals live during query_planner.)
Note: although this touches readfuncs.c, I don't think a catversion
bump is required, because the added case can't occur in stored rules,
only plans.
Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley and Mark Dilger
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15944.1521127664@sss.pgh.pa.us
Before this change FunctionCallInfoData, the struct arguments etc for
V1 function calls are stored in, always had space for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS/100 arguments, storing datums and their nullness in two
arrays. For nearly every function call 100 arguments is far more than
needed, therefore wasting memory. Arg and argnull being two separate
arrays also guarantees that to access a single argument, two
cachelines have to be touched.
Change the layout so there's a single variable-length array with pairs
of value / isnull. That drastically reduces memory consumption for
most function calls (on x86-64 a two argument function now uses
64bytes, previously 936 bytes), and makes it very likely that argument
value and its nullness are on the same cacheline.
Arguments are stored in a new NullableDatum struct, which, due to
padding, needs more memory per argument than before. But as usually
far fewer arguments are stored, and individual arguments are cheaper
to access, that's still a clear win. It's likely that there's other
places where conversion to NullableDatum arrays would make sense,
e.g. TupleTableSlots, but that's for another commit.
Because the function call information is now variable-length
allocations have to take the number of arguments into account. For
heap allocations that can be done with SizeForFunctionCallInfoData(),
for on-stack allocations there's a new LOCAL_FCINFO(name, nargs) macro
that helps to allocate an appropriately sized and aligned variable.
Some places with stack allocation function call information don't know
the number of arguments at compile time, and currently variably sized
stack allocations aren't allowed in postgres. Therefore allow for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS space in these cases. They're not that common, so for
now that seems acceptable.
Because of the need to allocate FunctionCallInfo of the appropriate
size, older extensions may need to update their code. To avoid subtle
breakages, the FunctionCallInfoData struct has been renamed to
FunctionCallInfoBaseData. Most code only references FunctionCallInfo,
so that shouldn't cause much collateral damage.
This change is also a prerequisite for more efficient expression JIT
compilation (by allocating the function call information on the stack,
allowing LLVM to optimize it away); previously the size of the call
information caused problems inside LLVM's optimizer.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180605172952.x34m5uz6ju6enaem@alap3.anarazel.de
While it's perhaps unlikely that users would write an explicit test
like "ctid IS NULL", this function is also used in range estimation,
and an incorrect answer can throw off the results for tight ranges.
Anyway it's not much code so we might as well do it.
Edmund Horner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMyN-kCa3BFUFrCTtQeprxTU1anCd3Pua7zXstGCKq4pXgjukw@mail.gmail.com
Heikki's compiler doesn't complain about end_ptr, apparently,
but mine does.
In passing, I failed to resist the temptation to remove the
no-longer-used fldnum variable, and relocate chunk_len's
declaration to a narrower scope.
The old implementation first converted the input strings to arrays of
wchars, and performed the conversion on those. However, the conversion is
expensive, and for a large input string, consumes a lot of memory.
Allocating the large arrays also meant that these functions could not be
used on strings larger 1 GB / pg_encoding_max_length() (256 MB for UTF-8).
Avoid the conversion, and instead use the single-byte algorithm even with
multibyte encodings. That can get fooled, if there is a matching byte
sequence in the middle of a multi-byte character, so to eliminate false
positives like that, we verify any matches by walking the string character
by character with pg_mblen(). Also, if the caller needs the position of
the match, as a character-offset, we also need to walk the string to count
the characters.
Performance testing shows that walking the whole string with pg_mblen() is
somewhat slower than converting the whole string to wchars. It's still
often a win, though, because we don't need to do it if there is no match,
and even when there is, we only need to walk up to the point where the
match is, not the whole string. Even in the worst case, there would be
room for optimization: Much of the CPU time in the current loop with
pg_mblen() is function call overhead, and could be improved by inlining
pg_mblen() and/or the encoding-specific mblen() functions. But I didn't
attempt to do that as part of this patch.
Most of the callers of text_position_setup/next functions were actually
not interested in the position of the match, counted in characters. To
cater for them, refactor the text_position_next() interface into two
parts: searching for the next match (text_position_next()), and returning
the current match's position as a pointer (text_position_get_match_ptr())
or as a character offset (text_position_get_match_pos()). Getting the
pointer to the match is a more convenient API for many callers, and with
UTF-8, it allows skipping the character-walking step altogether, because
UTF-8 can't have false matches even when treated like raw byte strings.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3173d989-bc1c-fc8a-3b69-f24246f73876%40iki.fi
GB18030's mblen() function looks at the first and the second byte of the
multibyte character, to determine its length. copy.c had made the
assumption that mblen() only looks at the first byte, but it turns out to
work out fine, because of the way the GB18030 encoding works. COPY will
see a 4-byte encoded character as two 2-byte encoded characters, which is
enough for COPY's purposes. It cannot mix those up with delimiter or
escaping characters, because only single-byte ASCII characters are
supported as delimiters or escape characters.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7704d099-9643-2a55-fb0e-becd64400dcb%40iki.fi
Given these routines are heap specific, and that there will be more
generic visibility support in via table AM, it makes sense to move the
prototypes to heapam.h (routines like HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum will
not be exposed in a generic fashion, because they are too storage
specific).
Similarly, the code in tqual.c is specific to heap, so moving it into
access/heap/ makes sense.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
The code in tqual.c is largely heap specific. Due to the upcoming
pluggable storage work, it therefore makes sense to move it into
access/heap/ (as the file's header notes, the tqual name isn't very
good).
But the various statically allocated snapshot and snapshot
initialization functions are now (see previous commit) generic and do
not depend on functions declared in tqual.h anymore. Therefore move.
Also move XidInMVCCSnapshot as that's useful for future AMs, and
already used outside of tqual.c.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
This is in preparation for allowing the same snapshot be used for
different table AMs. With the current callback based approach we would
need one callback for each supported AM, which clearly would not be
extensible. Thus add a new Snapshot->snapshot_type field, and move
the dispatch into HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility() (which is now a
function). Later work will then dispatch calls to
HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility() and other AMs visibility functions
depending on the type of the table. The central SnapshotType enum
also seems like a good location to centralize documentation about the
intended behaviour of various types of snapshots.
As tqual.h isn't included by bufmgr.h any more (as HeapTupleSatisfies*
isn't referenced by TestForOldSnapshot() anymore) a few files now need
to include it directly.
Author: Andres Freund, loosely based on earlier work by Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
Back in commit 100340e2dc, we made relcache entries keep lists of the
foreign keys applying to the relation -- but we forgot to update
CacheInvalidateHeapTuple to flush those entries when new FKs got created
or existing ones updated/deleted. No bugs appear to have been reported
that would be explained by this ommission, but I noticed the problem
while working on an unrelated bugfix which clearly showed it. Fix by
adding relcache flush on relevant foreign key changes.
Backpatch to 9.6, like the aforementioned commit.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901211927.7mmhschxlejh@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Most of these had been obsoleted by 568d4138c / the SnapshotNow
removal.
This is is preparation for moving most of tqual.[ch] into either
snapmgr.h or heapam.h, which in turn is in preparation for pluggable
table AMs.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit c0d0e54084 replaced the ones in the documentation, but missed out
on the ones in the code. Replace those as well, but unlike c0d0e54084,
don't backpatch the code changes to avoid breaking translations.
My commit 3de241dba8 introduced some code (in tablecmds.c) to obtain
data from a pg_constraint row for a foreign key, that already existed in
ri_triggers.c. Split it out into its own routine in pg_constraint.c,
where it naturally belongs.
No functional code changes, only code movement.
Backpatch to pg11, because a future bugfix is simpler after this.
This reverts commit c203d6cf8 and some follow-on fixes, completing the
task begun in commit 5d28c9bd7. If that feature is ever resurrected,
the code will look quite a bit different from this, so it seems best
to start from a clean slate.
The v11 branch is not touched; in that branch, the recheck_on_update
storage option remains present, but nonfunctional and undocumented.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114223409.3tcvejfhlvbucrv5@alap3.anarazel.de
This is the genam.h equivalent of 4c850ecec6 (which removed
heapam.h from a lot of other headers). There's still a few header
includes of genam.h, but not from central headers anymore.
As a few headers are not indirectly included anymore, execnodes.h and
relscan.h need a few additional includes. Some of the depended on
types were replacable by using the underlying structs, but e.g. for
Snapshot in execnodes.h that'd have gotten more invasive than
reasonable in this commit.
Like the aforementioned commit 4c850ecec6, this requires adding new
genam.h includes to a number of backend files, which likely is also
required in a few external projects.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
heapam.h previously was included in a number of widely used
headers (e.g. execnodes.h, indirectly in executor.h, ...). That's
problematic on its own, as heapam.h contains a lot of low-level
details that don't need to be exposed that widely, but becomes more
problematic with the upcoming introduction of pluggable table storage
- it seems inappropriate for heapam.h to be included that widely
afterwards.
heapam.h was largely only included in other headers to get the
HeapScanDesc typedef (which was defined in heapam.h, even though
HeapScanDescData is defined in relscan.h). The better solution here
seems to be to just use the underlying struct (forward declared where
necessary). Similar for BulkInsertState.
Another problem was that LockTupleMode was used in executor.h - parts
of the file tried to cope without heapam.h, but due to the fact that
it indirectly included it, several subsequent violations of that goal
were not not noticed. We could just reuse the approach of declaring
parameters as int, but it seems nicer to move LockTupleMode to
lockoptions.h - that's not a perfect location, but also doesn't seem
bad.
As a number of files relied on implicitly included heapam.h, a
significant number of files grew an explicit include. It's quite
probably that a few external projects will need to do the same.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
After 578b229718 / the removal of WITH OIDS support, older dump files
containing
SET default_with_oids = false;
either report unnecessary errors (as the subsequent tables have no
oids) or even fail to restore entirely (when using transaction mode).
To avoid that, re-add the GUC, but don't allow setting it to true.
Per complaint from Tom Lane.
Author: Amit Khandekar, editorialized by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ3gD9dZyxrtL0rJfoNoOj6v7fJSDaXBngi9wy5XU8m-ioXhAA@mail.gmail.com
This value represents the default behavior of using the current
timeline. Previously, this was represented by an empty string.
(Before the removal of recovery.conf, this setting could not be chosen
explicitly but was used when recovery_target_timeline was not
mentioned at all.)
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6dd2c23a-4162-8469-410f-bfe146e28c0c@2ndquadrant.com/
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Avoid using "typeid" as a parameter name in header files, since that
is a C++ keyword. These cases were introduced recently, in 04fe805a1
and 586b98fdf.
Since I'm an incurable neatnik, also rename these parameters in the
underlying function definitions. That's not really necessary per
project rules, but I don't like function declarations that don't
quite agree with the underlying definitions.
Per src/tools/pginclude/cpluspluscheck.
This index array was originally defined to have 10000 entries (ranging
up to FirstGenbkiObjectId), but we really only need entries up to the
last existing builtin function OID, currently 6121. That saves close
to 8K of never-accessed space in the server executable, at the small
price of one more fetch in fmgr_isbuiltin().
We could reduce the array size still further by renumbering a few of
the highest-numbered builtin functions; but there's a small risk of
breaking clients that have chosen to hardwire those function OIDs,
so it's not clear if it'd be worth the trouble. (We should, however,
discourage future patches from choosing function OIDs above 6K as long
as there's still lots of space below that.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12359.1547063064@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, ScanKeywordLookup was passed an array of string pointers.
This had some performance deficiencies: the strings themselves might
be scattered all over the place depending on the compiler (and some
quick checking shows that at least with gcc-on-Linux, they indeed
weren't reliably close together). That led to very cache-unfriendly
behavior as the binary search touched strings in many different pages.
Also, depending on the platform, the string pointers might need to
be adjusted at program start, so that they couldn't be simple constant
data. And the ScanKeyword struct had been designed with an eye to
32-bit machines originally; on 64-bit it requires 16 bytes per
keyword, making it even more cache-unfriendly.
Redesign so that the keyword strings themselves are allocated
consecutively (as part of one big char-string constant), thereby
eliminating the touch-lots-of-unrelated-pages syndrome. And get
rid of the ScanKeyword array in favor of three separate arrays:
uint16 offsets into the keyword array, uint16 token codes, and
uint8 keyword categories. That reduces the overhead per keyword
to 5 bytes instead of 16 (even less in programs that only need
one of the token codes and categories); moreover, the binary search
only touches the offsets array, further reducing its cache footprint.
This also lets us put the token codes somewhere else than the
keyword strings are, which avoids some unpleasant build dependencies.
While we're at it, wrap the data used by ScanKeywordLookup into
a struct that can be treated as an opaque type by most callers.
That doesn't change things much right now, but it will make it
less painful to switch to a hash-based lookup method, as is being
discussed in the mailing list thread.
Most of the change here is associated with adding a generator
script that can build the new data structure from the same
list-of-PG_KEYWORD header representation we used before.
The PG_KEYWORD lists that plpgsql and ecpg used to embed in
their scanner .c files have to be moved into headers, and the
Makefiles have to be taught to invoke the generator script.
This work is also necessary if we're to consider hash-based lookup,
since the generator script is what would be responsible for
constructing a hash table.
Aside from saving a few kilobytes in each program that includes
the keyword table, this seems to speed up raw parsing (flex+bison)
by a few percent. So it's worth doing even as it stands, though
we think we can gain even more with a follow-on patch to switch
to hash-based lookup.
John Naylor, with further hacking by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXdFVU2sgym89XPL=Lv1zOS5=EHHQ8XWNzFL=mTXkKMLw@mail.gmail.com
Some relation kinds had relfilenode set to some non-zero value, but
apparently the actual files did not really exist because creation was
prevented elsewhere. Get rid of the phony pg_class.relfilenode values.
Catversion bumped, but only because the sanity_test check will fail if
run in a system initdb'd with the previous version.
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro HORIGUCHI, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181206215552.fm2ypuxq6nhpwjuc@alvherre.pgsql
Instead of running a SQL script to create the standard conversion
functions and pg_conversion entries, put those entries into the
initial data in postgres.bki.
This shaves a few percent off the runtime of initdb, and also allows
accurate comments to be attached to the conversion functions; the
previous script labeled them with machine-generated comments that
were not quite right for multi-purpose conversion functions.
Also, we can get rid of the duplicative Makefile and MSVC perl
implementations of the generation code for that SQL script.
A functional change is that these pg_proc and pg_conversion entries
are now "pinned" by initdb. Leaving them unpinned was perhaps a
good thing back while the conversions feature was under development,
but there seems no valid reason for it now.
Also, the conversion functions are now marked as immutable, where
before they were volatile by virtue of lacking any explicit
specification. That seems like it was just an oversight.
To avoid using magic constants in pg_conversion.dat, extend
genbki.pl to allow encoding names to be converted, much as it
does for language, access method, etc names.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWtUqxpfAaxS88vEGvi+jKzWZb2EStu5io-UPc4p9rSJg@mail.gmail.com
This patch teaches genbki.pl to replace pg_language names by OIDs
in much the same way as it already does for pg_am names etc, and
converts pg_proc.dat to use such symbolic references in the prolang
column.
Aside from getting rid of a few more magic numbers in the initial
catalog data, this means that Gen_fmgrtab.pl no longer needs to read
pg_language.dat, since it doesn't have to know the OID of the "internal"
language; now it's just looking for the string "internal".
No need for a catversion bump, since the contents of postgres.bki
don't actually change at all.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWtUqxpfAaxS88vEGvi+jKzWZb2EStu5io-UPc4p9rSJg@mail.gmail.com
This removes a portion of infrastructure introduced by fe0a0b5 to allow
compilation of Postgres in environments where no strong random source is
available, meaning that there is no linking to OpenSSL and no
/dev/urandom (Windows having its own CryptoAPI). No systems shipped
this century lack /dev/urandom, and the buildfarm is actually not
testing this switch at all, so just remove it. This simplifies
particularly some backend code which included a fallback implementation
using shared memory, and removes a set of alternate regression output
files from pgcrypto.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181230063219.GG608@paquier.xyz
Up to now we've not worried much about joins where the join key is a
relation's CTID column, reasoning that storing a table's CTIDs in some
other table would be pretty useless. However, there are use-cases for
this sort of query involving self-joins, so that argument doesn't really
hold water.
With larger relations, a merge or hash join is desirable. We had a btree
opclass for type "tid", allowing merge joins on CTID, but no hash opclass
so that hash joins weren't possible. Add the missing infrastructure.
This also potentially enables hash aggregation on "tid", though the
use-cases for that aren't too clear.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1853.1545453106@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, the SQL random() function depended on libc's random(3),
and setseed() invoked srandom(3). This results in interference between
these functions and backend-internal uses of random(3). We'd never paid
too much mind to that, but in the wake of commit 88bdbd3f7 which added
log_statement_sample_rate, the interference arguably has a security
consequence: if log_statement_sample_rate is active then an unprivileged
user could probably control which if any of his SQL commands get logged,
by issuing setseed() at the right times. That seems bad.
To fix this reliably, we need random() and setseed() to use their own
private random state variable. Standard random(3) isn't amenable to such
usage, so let's switch to pg_erand48(). It's hard to say whether that's
more or less "random" than any particular platform's version of random(3),
but it does have a wider seed value and a longer period than are required
by POSIX, so we can hope that this isn't a big downgrade. Also, we should
now have uniform behavior of random() across platforms, which is worth
something.
While at it, upgrade the per-process seed initialization method to use
pg_strong_random() if available, greatly reducing the predictability
of the initial seed value. (I'll separately do something similar for
the internal uses of random().)
In addition to forestalling the possible security problem, this has a
benefit in the other direction, which is that we can now document
setseed() as guaranteeing a reproducible sequence of random() values.
Previously, because of the possibility of internal calls of random(3),
we could not promise any such thing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3859.1545849900@sss.pgh.pa.us
information_schema output columns that are declared as being type
sql_identifier are supposed to conform to the implementation's rules
for valid identifiers, in particular the identifier length limit.
Several places potentially violated this limit by concatenating a
function's name and OID. (The OID is added to ensure name uniqueness
within a schema, since the spec doesn't expect function name overloading.)
Simply truncating the concatenation result to fit in "name" won't do,
since losing part of the OID might wind up giving non-unique results.
Instead, let's truncate the function name as necessary.
The most practical way to do that is to do it in a C function; the
information_schema.sql script doesn't have easy access to the value
of NAMEDATALEN, nor does it have an easy way to truncate on the basis
of resulting byte-length rather than number of characters.
(There are still a couple of places that cast concatenation results to
sql_identifier, but as far as I can see they are guaranteed not to produce
over-length strings, at least with the normal value of NAMEDATALEN.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23817.1545283477@sss.pgh.pa.us
Now that name comparison has effectively the same behavior as text
comparison, we might as well merge the name_ops opfamily into text_ops,
allowing cross-type comparisons to be processed without forcing a
datatype coercion first. We need do little more than add cross-type
operators to make the opfamily complete, and fix one or two places
in the planner that assumed text_ops was a single-datatype opfamily.
I chose to unify hash name_ops into hash text_ops as well, since the
types have compatible hashing semantics. This allows marking the
new cross-type equality operators as oprcanhash.
(Note: this doesn't remove the name_ops opclasses, so there's no
breakage of index definitions. Those opclasses are just reparented
into the text_ops opfamily.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15938.1544377821@sss.pgh.pa.us
The "name" comparison operators now all support collations, making them
functionally equivalent to "text" comparisons, except for the different
physical representation of the datatype. They do, in fact, mostly share
the varstr_cmp and varstr_sortsupport infrastructure, which has been
slightly enlarged to handle the case.
To avoid changes in the default behavior of the datatype, set name's
typcollation to C_COLLATION_OID not DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID, so that
by default comparisons to a name value will continue to use strcmp
semantics. (This would have been the case for system catalog columns
anyway, because of commit 6b0faf723, but doing this makes it true for
user-created name columns as well. In particular, this avoids
locale-dependent changes in our regression test results.)
In consequence, tweak a couple of places that made assumptions about
collatable base types always having typcollation DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID.
I have not, however, attempted to relax the restriction that user-
defined collatable types must have that. Hence, "name" doesn't
behave quite like a user-defined type; it acts more like a domain
with COLLATE "C". (Conceivably, if we ever get rid of the need for
catalog name columns to be fixed-length, "name" could actually become
such a domain over text. But that'd be a pretty massive undertaking,
and I'm not volunteering.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15938.1544377821@sss.pgh.pa.us
Up to now we allowed text columns in system catalogs to use collation
"default", but that isn't really safe because it might mean something
different in template0 than it means in a database cloned from template0.
In particular, this could mean that cloned pg_statistic entries for such
columns weren't entirely valid, possibly leading to bogus planner
estimates, though (probably) not any outright failures.
In the wake of commit 5e0928005, a better solution is available: if we
label such columns with "C" collation, then their pg_statistic entries
will also use that collation and hence will be valid independently of
the database collation.
This also provides a cleaner solution for indexes on such columns than
the hack added by commit 0b28ea79c: the indexes will naturally inherit
"C" collation and don't have to be forced to use text_pattern_ops.
Also, with the planned improvement of type "name" to be collation-aware,
this policy will apply cleanly to both text and name columns.
Because of the pg_statistic angle, we should also apply this policy
to the tables in information_schema. This patch does that by adjusting
information_schema's textual domain types to specify "C" collation.
That has the user-visible effect that order-sensitive comparisons to
textual information_schema view columns will now use "C" collation
by default. The SQL standard says that the collation of those view
columns is implementation-defined, so I think this is legal per spec.
At some point this might allow for translation of such comparisons
into indexable conditions on the underlying "name" columns, although
additional work will be needed before that can happen.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19346.1544895309@sss.pgh.pa.us
When we first put in collations support, we basically punted on teaching
pg_statistic, ANALYZE, and the planner selectivity functions about that.
They've just used DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID independently of the actual
collation of the data. It's time to improve that, so:
* Add columns to pg_statistic that record the specific collation associated
with each statistics slot.
* Teach ANALYZE to use the column's actual collation when comparing values
for statistical purposes, and record this in the appropriate slot. (Note
that type-specific typanalyze functions are now expected to fill
stats->stacoll with the appropriate collation, too.)
* Teach assorted selectivity functions to use the actual collation of
the stats they are looking at, instead of just assuming it's
DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID.
This should give noticeably better results in selectivity estimates for
columns with nondefault collations, at least for query clauses that use
that same collation (which would be the default behavior in most cases).
It's still true that comparisons with explicit COLLATE clauses different
from the stored data's collation won't be well-estimated, but that's no
worse than before. Also, this patch does make the first step towards
doing better with that, which is that it's now theoretically possible to
collect stats for a collation other than the column's own collation.
Patch by me; thanks to Peter Eisentraut for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14706.1544630227@sss.pgh.pa.us
The changes I made in 578b229718 assigned oids below
FirstBootstrapObjectId to objects in include/catalog/*.dat files that
did not have an oid assigned, starting at the max oid explicitly
assigned. Tom criticized that for mainly two reasons:
1) It's not clear which values are manually and which explicitly
assigned.
2) The space below FirstBootstrapObjectId gets pretty crowded, and
some PostgreSQL forks have used oids >= 9000 for their own objects,
to avoid conflicting.
Thus create a new range for objects not assigned explicit oids, but
assigned by genbki.pl. For now 1-9999 is for explicitly assigned oids,
FirstGenbkiObjectId (10000) to FirstBootstrapObjectId (1200) -1 is for
genbki.pl assigned oids, and < FirstNormalObjectId (16384) is for oids
assigned during bootstrap. It's possible that we'll have to adjust
these boundaries, but there's some headroom for now.
Add a note suggesting that oids in forks should be assigned in the
9000-9999 range.
Catversion bump for obvious reasons.
Per complaint from Tom Lane.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16845.1544393682@sss.pgh.pa.us
If a domain has no constraints, then CoerceToDomain doesn't really do
anything and can be simplified to a RelabelType. This not only
eliminates cycles at execution, but allows the planner to optimize better
(for instance, match the coerced expression to an index on the underlying
column). However, we do have to support invalidating the plan later if
a constraint gets added to the domain. That's comparable to the case of
a change to a SQL function that had been inlined into a plan, so all the
necessary logic already exists for plans depending on functions. We
need only duplicate or share that logic for domains.
ALTER DOMAIN ADD/DROP CONSTRAINT need to be taught to send out sinval
messages for the domain's pg_type entry, since those operations don't
update that row. (ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP NOT NULL do update that row,
so no code change is needed for them.)
Testing this revealed what's really a pre-existing bug in plpgsql:
it caches the SQL-expression-tree expansion of type coercions and
had no provision for invalidating entries in that cache. Up to now
that was only a problem if such an expression had inlined a SQL
function that got changed, which is unlikely though not impossible.
But failing to track changes of domain constraints breaks an existing
regression test case and would likely cause practical problems too.
We could fix that locally in plpgsql, but what seems like a better
idea is to build some generic infrastructure in plancache.c to store
standalone expressions and track invalidation events for them.
(It's tempting to wonder whether plpgsql's "simple expression" stuff
could use this code with lower overhead than its current use of the
heavyweight plancache APIs. But I've left that idea for later.)
Other stuff fixed in passing:
* Allow estimate_expression_value() to drop CoerceToDomain
unconditionally, effectively assuming that the coercion will succeed.
This will improve planner selectivity estimates for cases involving
estimatable expressions that are coerced to domains. We could have
done this independently of everything else here, but there wasn't
previously any need for eval_const_expressions_mutator to know about
CoerceToDomain at all.
* Use a dlist for plancache.c's list of cached plans, rather than a
manually threaded singly-linked list. That eliminates a potential
performance problem in DropCachedPlan.
* Fix a couple of inconsistencies in typecmds.c about whether
operations on domains drop RowExclusiveLock on pg_type. Our common
practice is that DDL operations do drop catalog locks, so standardize
on that choice.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19958.1544122124@sss.pgh.pa.us
This fixes a crash which happened when calling the function directly
with a relation OID referring to a non-existing object, and changes the
behavior so as NULL is returned for unsupported relkinds instead of
generating an error. This puts the new function in line with many other
system functions, and eases actions like full scans of pg_class.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Stephen Frost
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181207010406.GO2407@paquier.xyz
As per the error message style guide of the documentation, those should
be full sentences.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://1E8D49B4-16BC-4420-B4ED-58501D9E076B@yesql.se
Places that are testing for *printf failure ought to include the format
string in their error reports, since bad-format-string is one of the
more likely causes of such failure. This both makes it easier to find
and repair the mistake, and provides at least some useful info to the
user who stumbles across such a problem.
Also, tighten snprintf.c to report EINVAL for an invalid flag or
final character in a format %-spec (including the case where the
%-spec is missing a final character altogether). This seems like
better project policy, and it also allows removing an instruction
or two from the hot code path.
Back-patch the error reporting change in pvsnprintf, since it should be
harmless and may be helpful; but not the snprintf.c change.
Per discussion of bug #15511 from Ertuğrul Kahveci, which reported an
invalid translated format string. These changes don't fix that error,
but they should improve matters next time we make such a mistake.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15511-1d8b6a0bc874112f@postgresql.org
This allows to set a lower log_min_duration_statement value without
incurring excessive log traffic (which reduces performance). This can
be useful to analyze workloads with lots of short queries.
Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Vik Fearing
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c30ee535-ee1e-db9f-fa97-146b9f62caed@anayrat.info
Move the responsibility for checking for and reporting a failure from
the only current BufFileSize() caller, logtape.c, to BufFileSize()
itself. Code within buffile.c is generally responsible for interfacing
with fd.c to report irrecoverable failures. This seems like a
convention that's worth sticking to.
Reorganizing things this way makes it easy to make the error message
raised in the event of BufFileSize() failure descriptive of the
underlying problem. We're now clear on the distinction between
temporary file name and BufFile name, and can show errno, confident that
its value actually relates to the error being reported. In passing, an
existing, similar buffile.c ereport() + errcode_for_file_access() site
is changed to follow the same conventions.
The API of the function BufFileSize() is changed by this commit, despite
already being in a stable release (Postgres 11). This seems acceptable,
since the BufFileSize() ABI was changed by commit aa55183042, which
hasn't made it into a point release yet. Besides, it's difficult to
imagine a third party BufFileSize() caller not just raising an error
anyway, since BufFile state should be considered corrupt when
BufFileSize() fails.
Per complaint from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26974.1540826748@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 11-, where shared BufFiles were introduced.
The previous recovery.conf regime accepted multiple recovery_target*
settings and used the last one. This does not translate well to the
general GUC system. Specifically, under EXEC_BACKEND, the settings
are written out not in any particular order, so the order in which
they were originally set is not available to new processes.
Rather than redesign the GUC system, it was decided to abandon the old
behavior and only allow one recovery target setting. A second setting
will cause an error. However, it is allowed to set the same parameter
multiple times or unset a parameter and set a different one.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/27802171543235530%40iva2-6ec8f0a6115e.qloud-c.yandex.net#701a59c837ad0bf8c244344aaf3ef5a4
recovery.conf settings are now set in postgresql.conf (or other GUC
sources). Currently, all the affected settings are PGC_POSTMASTER;
this could be refined in the future case by case.
Recovery is now initiated by a file recovery.signal. Standby mode is
initiated by a file standby.signal. The standby_mode setting is
gone. If a recovery.conf file is found, an error is issued.
The trigger_file setting has been renamed to promote_trigger_file as
part of the move.
The documentation chapter "Recovery Configuration" has been integrated
into "Server Configuration".
pg_basebackup -R now appends settings to postgresql.auto.conf and
creates a standby.signal file.
Author: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@gmail.com>
Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen <ams@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Sergei Kornilov <sk@zsrv.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/607741529606767@web3g.yandex.ru/
ftoi4 and its sibling coercion functions did their overflow checks in
a way that looked superficially plausible, but actually depended on an
assumption that the MIN and MAX comparison constants can be represented
exactly in the float4 or float8 domain. That fails in ftoi4, ftoi8,
and dtoi8, resulting in a possibility that values near the MAX limit will
be wrongly converted (to negative values) when they need to be rejected.
Also, because we compared before rounding off the fractional part,
the other three functions threw errors for values that really ought
to get rounded to the min or max integer value.
Fix by doing rint() first (requiring an assumption that it handles
NaN and Inf correctly; but dtoi8 and ftoi8 were assuming that already),
and by comparing to values that should coerce to float exactly, namely
INTxx_MIN and -INTxx_MIN. Also remove some random cosmetic discrepancies
between these six functions.
Per bug #15519 from Victor Petrovykh. This should get back-patched,
but first let's see what the buildfarm thinks of it --- I'm not too
sure about portability of some of the regression test cases.
Patch by me; thanks to Andrew Gierth for analysis and discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15519-4fc785b483201ff1@postgresql.org
We should never estimate the output of a semijoin to be more rows than
we estimate for an inner join with the same input rels and join condition;
it's obviously impossible for that to happen. However, given the
relatively poor quality of our semijoin selectivity estimates ---
particularly, but not only, in cases where we punt and return a default
estimate --- we did often deliver such estimates. To improve matters,
calculate both estimates inside eqjoinsel() and take the smaller one.
The bulk of this patch is just mechanical refactoring to avoid repetitive
information lookup when we call both eqjoinsel_semi and eqjoinsel_inner.
The actual new behavior is just
selec = Min(selec, inner_rel->rows * selec_inner);
which looks a bit odd but is correct because of our different definitions
for inner and semi join selectivity.
There is one ensuing plan change in the regression tests, but it looks
reasonable enough (and checking the actual row counts shows that the
estimate moved closer to reality, not further away).
Per bug #15160 from Alexey Ermakov. Although this is arguably a bug fix,
I won't risk destabilizing plan choices in stable branches by
back-patching.
Tom Lane, reviewed by Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/152395805004.19366.3107109716821067806@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Users of the WaitEventSet and WaitLatch() APIs can now choose between
asking for WL_POSTMASTER_DEATH and then handling it explicitly, or asking
for WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH to trigger immediate exit on postmaster death.
This reduces code duplication, since almost all callers want the latter.
Repair all code that was previously ignoring postmaster death completely,
or requesting the event but ignoring it, or requesting the event but then
doing an unconditional PostmasterIsAlive() call every time through its
event loop (which is an expensive syscall on platforms for which we don't
have USE_POSTMASTER_DEATH_SIGNAL support).
Assert that callers of WaitLatchXXX() under the postmaster remember to
ask for either WL_POSTMASTER_DEATH or WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH, to prevent
future bugs.
The only process that doesn't handle postmaster death is syslogger. It
waits until all backends holding the write end of the syslog pipe
(including the postmaster) have closed it by exiting, to be sure to
capture any parting messages. By using the WaitEventSet API directly
it avoids the new assertion, and as a by-product it may be slightly
more efficient on platforms that have epoll().
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Heikki Linnakangas, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D1TCviRykkUb69ppWLr_V697rzd1j3eZsRMmbXvETfqbQ%40mail.gmail.com,
https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2LqHzizbe7muD7-2yHUbTOoF7Q+qkSD5Q41kuhttRTwA@mail.gmail.com
populate_recordset_worker() failed to consider the possibility that the
supplied JSON data contains no rows, so that update_cached_tupdesc never
got called. This led to a null-pointer dereference since commit 9a5e8ed28;
before that it led to a bogus "set-valued function called in context that
cannot accept a set" error. Fix by forcing the update to happen.
Per bug #15514. Back-patch to v11 as 9a5e8ed28 was. (If we were excited
about the bogus error, we could perhaps go back further, but it'd take more
work to figure out how to fix it in older branches. Given the lack of
field complaints about that aspect, I'm not excited.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15514-59d5b4c4065b178b@postgresql.org
Previously tables declared WITH OIDS, including a significant fraction
of the catalog tables, stored the oid column not as a normal column,
but as part of the tuple header.
This special column was not shown by default, which was somewhat odd,
as it's often (consider e.g. pg_class.oid) one of the more important
parts of a row. Neither pg_dump nor COPY included the contents of the
oid column by default.
The fact that the oid column was not an ordinary column necessitated a
significant amount of special case code to support oid columns. That
already was painful for the existing, but upcoming work aiming to make
table storage pluggable, would have required expanding and duplicating
that "specialness" significantly.
WITH OIDS has been deprecated since 2005 (commit ff02d0a05280e0).
Remove it.
Removing includes:
- CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE syntax for declaring the table to be
WITH OIDS has been removed (WITH (oids[ = true]) will error out)
- pg_dump does not support dumping tables declared WITH OIDS and will
issue a warning when dumping one (and ignore the oid column).
- restoring an pg_dump archive with pg_restore will warn when
restoring a table with oid contents (and ignore the oid column)
- COPY will refuse to load binary dump that includes oids.
- pg_upgrade will error out when encountering tables declared WITH
OIDS, they have to be altered to remove the oid column first.
- Functionality to access the oid of the last inserted row (like
plpgsql's RESULT_OID, spi's SPI_lastoid, ...) has been removed.
The syntax for declaring a table WITHOUT OIDS (or WITH (oids = false)
for CREATE TABLE) is still supported. While that requires a bit of
support code, it seems unnecessary to break applications / dumps that
do not use oids, and are explicit about not using them.
The biggest user of WITH OID columns was postgres' catalog. This
commit changes all 'magic' oid columns to be columns that are normally
declared and stored. To reduce unnecessary query breakage all the
newly added columns are still named 'oid', even if a table's column
naming scheme would indicate 'reloid' or such. This obviously
requires adapting a lot code, mostly replacing oid access via
HeapTupleGetOid() with access to the underlying Form_pg_*->oid column.
The bootstrap process now assigns oids for all oid columns in
genbki.pl that do not have an explicit value (starting at the largest
oid previously used), only oids assigned later by oids will be above
FirstBootstrapObjectId. As the oid column now is a normal column the
special bootstrap syntax for oids has been removed.
Oids are not automatically assigned during insertion anymore, all
backend code explicitly assigns oids with GetNewOidWithIndex(). For
the rare case that insertions into the catalog via SQL are called for
the new pg_nextoid() function can be used (which only works on catalog
tables).
The fact that oid columns on system tables are now normal columns
means that they will be included in the set of columns expanded
by * (i.e. SELECT * FROM pg_class will now include the table's oid,
previously it did not). It'd not technically be hard to hide oid
column by default, but that'd mean confusing behavior would either
have to be carried forward forever, or it'd cause breakage down the
line.
While it's not unlikely that further adjustments are needed, the
scope/invasiveness of the patch makes it worthwhile to get merge this
now. It's painful to maintain externally, too complicated to commit
after the code code freeze, and a dependency of a number of other
patches.
Catversion bump, for obvious reasons.
Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930034810.ywp2c7awz7opzcfr@alap3.anarazel.de
The 'partoids' list which was constructed by the previous version
of this code was necessarily identical to 'inhoids'. There's no
point to duplicating the list, so avoid that. Instead, construct
the array representation directly from the original 'inhoids' list.
Also, use an array rather than a list for 'boundspecs'. We know
exactly how many items we need to store, so there's really no
reason to use a list. Using an array instead reduces the number
of memory allocations we perform.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Amit Langote, the
latter of whom also helped with rebasing.
On some operating systems, it doesn't make sense to retry fsync(),
because dirty data cached by the kernel may have been dropped on
write-back failure. In that case the only remaining copy of the
data is in the WAL. A subsequent fsync() could appear to succeed,
but not have flushed the data. That means that a future checkpoint
could apparently complete successfully but have lost data.
Therefore, violently prevent any future checkpoint attempts by
panicking on the first fsync() failure. Note that we already
did the same for WAL data; this change extends that behavior to
non-temporary data files.
Provide a GUC data_sync_retry to control this new behavior, for
users of operating systems that don't eject dirty data, and possibly
forensic/testing uses. If it is set to on and the write-back error
was transient, a later checkpoint might genuinely succeed (on a
system that does not throw away buffers on failure); if the error is
permanent, later checkpoints will continue to fail. The GUC defaults
to off, meaning that we panic.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
There is still a narrow window for error-loss on some operating
systems: if the file is closed and later reopened and a write-back
error occurs in the intervening time, but the inode has the bad
luck to be evicted due to memory pressure before we reopen, we could
miss the error. A later patch will address that with a scheme
for keeping files with dirty data open at all times, but we judge
that to be too complicated to back-patch.
Author: Craig Ringer, with some adjustments by Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Craig Ringer
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180427222842.in2e4mibx45zdth5%40alap3.anarazel.de
This speeds up write operations (INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, COPY, as well
as the future MERGE) on partitioned tables.
This changes the setup for tuple routing so that it does far less work
during the initial setup and pushes more work out to when partitions
receive tuples. PartitionDispatchData structs for sub-partitioned
tables are only created when a tuple gets routed through it. The
possibly large arrays in the PartitionTupleRouting struct have largely
been removed. The partitions[] array remains but now never contains any
NULL gaps. Previously the NULLs had to be skipped during
ExecCleanupTupleRouting(), which could add a large overhead to the
cleanup when the number of partitions was large. The partitions[] array
is allocated small to start with and only enlarged when we route tuples
to enough partitions that it runs out of space. This allows us to keep
simple single-row partition INSERTs running quickly. Redesign
The arrays in PartitionTupleRouting which stored the tuple translation maps
have now been removed. These have been moved out into a
PartitionRoutingInfo struct which is an additional field in ResultRelInfo.
The find_all_inheritors() call still remains by far the slowest part of
ExecSetupPartitionTupleRouting(). This commit just removes the other slow
parts.
In passing also rename the tuple translation maps from being ParentToChild
and ChildToParent to being RootToPartition and PartitionToRoot. The old
names mislead you into thinking that a partition of some sub-partitioned
table would translate to the rowtype of the sub-partitioned table rather
than the root partitioned table.
Authors: David Rowley and Amit Langote, heavily revised by Álvaro Herrera
Testing help from Jesper Pedersen and Kato Sho.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1RJyFquuCKRFHTdcXqoPX-PYqAd7nz=GVBwvGh4a6xA@mail.gmail.com
Upcoming work intends to allow pluggable ways to introduce new ways of
storing table data. Accessing those table access methods from the
executor requires TupleTableSlots to be carry tuples in the native
format of such storage methods; otherwise there'll be a significant
conversion overhead.
Different access methods will require different data to store tuples
efficiently (just like virtual, minimal, heap already require fields
in TupleTableSlot). To allow that without requiring additional pointer
indirections, we want to have different structs (embedding
TupleTableSlot) for different types of slots. Thus different types of
slots are needed, which requires adapting creators of slots.
The slot that most efficiently can represent a type of tuple in an
executor node will often depend on the type of slot a child node
uses. Therefore we need to track the type of slot is returned by
nodes, so parent slots can create slots based on that.
Relatedly, JIT compilation of tuple deforming needs to know which type
of slot a certain expression refers to, so it can create an
appropriate deforming function for the type of tuple in the slot.
But not all nodes will only return one type of slot, e.g. an append
node will potentially return different types of slots for each of its
subplans.
Therefore add function that allows to query the type of a node's
result slot, and whether it'll always be the same type (whether it's
fixed). This can be queried using ExecGetResultSlotOps().
The scan, result, inner, outer type of slots are automatically
inferred from ExecInitScanTupleSlot(), ExecInitResultSlot(),
left/right subtrees respectively. If that's not correct for a node,
that can be overwritten using new fields in PlanState.
This commit does not introduce the actually abstracted implementation
of different kind of TupleTableSlots, that will be left for a followup
commit. The different types of slots introduced will, for now, still
use the same backing implementation.
While this already partially invalidates the big comment in
tuptable.h, it seems to make more sense to update it later, when the
different TupleTableSlot implementations actually exist.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat and Andres Freund, with changes by Amit Khandekar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181105210039.hh4vvi4vwoq5ba2q@alap3.anarazel.de
These functions were not crystal clear about what their respective APIs
are. Make an effort to improve that.
Emre's patch was correct AFAICT, but I (Álvaro) felt the need to improve
a few comments a bit more. Any resulting errors are my own.
Per complaint from Coverity, Ning Yu, and Tom Lane.
Author: Emre Hasegeli, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26769.1533090136@sss.pgh.pa.us
BufFileSize() can't use off_t, because it's only 32 bits wide on
some systems. BufFile objects can have many 1GB segments so the
total size can exceed 2^31. The only known client of the function
is parallel CREATE INDEX, which was reported to fail when building
large indexes on Windows.
Though this is technically an ABI break on platforms with a 32 bit
off_t and we might normally avoid back-patching it, the function is
brand new and thus unlikely to have been discovered by extension
authors yet, and it's fairly thoroughly broken on those platforms
anyway, so just fix it.
Defect in 9da0cc35. Bug #15460. Back-patch to 11, where this
function landed.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Paul van der Linden, Pavel Oskin
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15460-b6db80de822fa0ad%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHDGBJP_GsESbTt4P3FZA8kMUKuYxjg57XHF7NRBoKnR%3DCAR-g%40mail.gmail.com
date_trunc(field, timestamptz, zone_name) performs truncation using
the named time zone as reference, rather than working in the session
time zone as is the default behavior. It's equivalent to
date_trunc(field, timestamptz at time zone zone_name) at time zone zone_name
but it's faster, easier to type, and arguably easier to understand.
Vik Fearing and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6249ffc4-2b22-4c1b-4e7d-7af84fedd7c6@2ndquadrant.com
The code building PartitionBoundInfo based on the constituent partition
data read from catalogs has been located in partcache.c, with a specific
set of routines dedicated to bound types, like sorting or bound data
creation. All this logic is moved to partbounds.c and relocates all the
bound-specific logistic into it, with partition_bounds_create() as
principal entry point.
Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3f289da8-6d10-75fe-814a-635e8b191d43@lab.ntt.co.jp
The tests added in cfa0f4255b to skip
firing an RI trigger if any old key value is NULL can also be applied
for DELETE. This should give a performance gain in those cases, and it
also saves a lot of duplicate code in the actual RI triggers. (That
code was already dead code for the UPDATE cases.)
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
The ri_KeysEqual() calls in the foreign-key trigger functions to
optimize away some updates are useless because since
adfeef55cb those triggers are not enqueued
at all. (It's also not useful to keep these checks as some kind of
backstop, since it's also semantically correct to just run the full
check even with equal keys.)
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Previously it was possible to set client_min_messages to FATAL or PANIC,
which had the effect of suppressing transmission of regular ERROR messages
to the client. Perhaps that seemed like a useful option in the past, but
the trouble with it is that it breaks guarantees that are explicitly made
in our FE/BE protocol spec about how a query cycle can end. While libpq
and psql manage to cope with the omission, that's mostly because they
are not very bright; client libraries that have more semantic knowledge
are likely to get confused. Notably, pgODBC doesn't behave very sanely.
Let's fix this by getting rid of the ability to set client_min_messages
above ERROR.
In HEAD, just remove the FATAL and PANIC options from the set of allowed
enum values for client_min_messages. (This change also affects
trace_recovery_messages, but that's OK since these aren't useful values
for that variable either.)
In the back branches, there was concern that rejecting these values might
break applications that are explicitly setting things that way. I'm
pretty skeptical of that argument, but accommodate it by accepting these
values and then internally setting the variable to ERROR anyway.
In all branches, this allows a couple of tiny simplifications in the
logic in elog.c, so do that.
Also respond to the point that was made that client_min_messages has
exactly nothing to do with the server's logging behavior, and therefore
does not belong in the "When To Log" subsection of the documentation.
The "Statement Behavior" subsection is a better match, so move it there.
Jonah Harris and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7809.1541521180@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15479-ef0f4cc2fd995ca2@postgresql.org
The code added by commit c203d6cf8 causes a crash in at least one case,
where a potentially-optimizable expression index has a storage type
different from the input data type. A cursory code review turned up
numerous other problems that seem impractical to fix on short notice.
Andres argued for revert of that patch some time ago, and if additional
senior committers had been paying attention, that's likely what would
have happened, but we were not :-(
At this point we can't just revert, at least not in v11, because that would
mean an ABI break for code touching relcache entries. And we should not
remove the (also buggy) support for the recheck_on_update index reloption,
since it might already be used in some databases in the field. So this
patch just does the as-little-invasive-as-possible measure of disabling
the feature as though recheck_on_update were forced off for all indexes.
I also removed the related regression tests (which would otherwise fail)
and the user-facing documentation of the reloption.
We should undertake a more thorough code cleanup if the patch can't be
fixed, but not under the extreme time pressure of being already overdue
for 11.1 release.
Per report from Ondřej Bouda and subsequent private discussion among
pgsql-release.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181106185255.776mstcyehnc63ty@alvherre.pgsql
The project message style guide dictates: "When citing the name of an
object, state what kind of object it is". The parallel CREATE INDEX
patch added a worker number to most of the trace_sort messages within
tuplesort.c without specifying the object type. Bring these messages
into compliance with the style guide.
We're still treating a leader or serial Tuplesortstate as having worker
number -1. trace_sort is a developer option, and these two cases are
highly comparable, so this seems appropriate.
Per complaint from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8330.1540831863@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 11-, where parallel CREATE INDEX was introduced.
This new function is useful to display a full tree of partitions with a
partitioned table given in output, and avoids the need of any complex
WITH RECURSIVE query when looking at partition trees which are
deep multiple levels.
It returns a set of records, one for each partition, containing the
partition's name, its immediate parent's name, a boolean value telling
if the relation is a leaf in the tree and an integer telling its level
in the partition tree with given table considered as root, beginning at
zero for the root, and incrementing by one each time the scan goes one
level down.
Author: Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Jesper Pedersen, Michael Paquier, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8d00e51a-9a51-ad02-d53e-ba6bf50b2e52@lab.ntt.co.jp
All existing uses can get this information more easily from the
relation descriptor, so the detour through the syscache is not
necessary.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Mixed-case names for transition tables weren't dumped correctly.
Oversight in commit 8c48375e5, per bug #15440 from Karl Czajkowski.
In passing, I couldn't resist a bit of code beautification.
Back-patch to v10 where this was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15440-02d1468e94d63d76@postgresql.org
Background workers, including parallel workers, were generating
the same sequence of numbers in random(). This showed up as DSM
handle collisions when Parallel Hash created multiple segments,
but any code that calls random() in background workers could be
affected if it cares about different backends generating different
numbers.
Repair by making sure that all new processes initialize the seed
at the same time as they set MyProcPid and MyStartTime in a new
function InitProcessGlobals(), called by the postmaster, its
children and also standalone processes. Also add a new high
resolution MyStartTimestamp as a potentially useful by-product,
and remove SessionStartTime from struct Port as it is now
redundant.
No back-patch for now, as the known consequences so far are just
a bunch of harmless shm_open(O_EXCL) collisions.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D2eJj_6%3DB%2B2tEpGu2nf1BjthCf9nXXUouYvJJ4C5WSwhg%40mail.gmail.com
That's worth it, as fmgr_builtins is frequently accessed, and as
fmgr_builtins is one of the biggest constant variables in a backend.
On most 64bit systems this will change the size of the struct from
32byte to 24bytes. While that could make indexing into the array
marginally more expensive, the higher cache hit ratio is worth more,
especially because these days fmgr_builtins isn't searched with a
binary search anymore (c.f. 212e6f34d5).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181016201145.aa2dfeq54rhqzron@alap3.anarazel.de
The previous code here simply threw away whatever it knew about cache
entry ages whenever a counter overflow occurred. Since the counter
is int width and will be bumped once per format function execution,
overflows are not really so rare as to not be worth thinking about.
Instead, let's deal with the situation by halving all the age values,
essentially rescaling the age metric. In that way, we retain a
pretty accurate (if not quite perfect) idea of which entries are oldest.
This eliminates circa 120KB of static data from Postgres' memory
footprint. In some usage patterns that space will get allocated
anyway, but in many processes it never will be allocated.
We can improve matters further by allocating only as many cache
entries as we actually use, rather than allocating the whole array
on first use. However, to avoid wasting lots of space due to
palloc's habit of rounding requests up to power-of-2 sizes, tweak
the maximum cacheable format string length to make the struct sizes
be powers of 2 or just less. The sizes I chose make the maximums
a little bit less than they were before, but I doubt it matters much.
While at it, rearrange struct FormatNode to avoid wasting quite so
much padding space. This change actually halves the size of that
struct on 64-bit machines.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
This allows the compiler / linker to mark affected pages as read-only.
There's a fair number of pre-requisite changes, to allow the const
properly be propagated. Most of consts were already required for
correctness anyway, just not represented on the type-level. Arguably
we could be more aggressive in using consts in related code, but..
This requires using a few of the types underlying typedefs that
removes pointers (e.g. const NameData *) as declaring the typedefed
type constant doesn't have the same meaning (it makes the variable
const, not what it points to).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
localtime.c's "struct state" is a rather large object, ~23KB. We were
statically allocating one for gmtsub() to use to represent the GMT
timezone, even though that function is not at all heavily used and is
never reached in most backends. Let's malloc it on-demand, instead.
This does pose the question of how to handle a malloc failure, but
there's already a well-defined error report convention here, ie
set errno and return NULL.
We have but one caller of pg_gmtime in HEAD, and two in back branches,
neither of which were troubling to check for error. Make them do so.
The possible errors are sufficiently unlikely (out-of-range timestamp,
and now malloc failure) that I think elog() is adequate.
Back-patch to all supported branches to keep our copies of the IANA
timezone code in sync. This particular change is in a stanza that
already differs from upstream, so it's a wash for maintenance purposes
--- but only as long as we keep the branches the same.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
This allows the compiler / linker to mark affected pages as read-only.
There's other cases, but they're a bit more invasive, and should go
through some review. These are easy.
They were found with
objdump -j .data -t src/backend/postgres|awk '{print $4, $5, $6}'|sort -r|less
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181015200754.7y7zfuzsoux2c4ya@alap3.anarazel.de
We can allow this macro to accept either abbreviated or non-abbreviated
allocation parameters by making use of __VA_ARGS__. As noted by Andres
Freund, it's unlikely that any compiler would have __builtin_constant_p
but not __VA_ARGS__, so this gives up little or no error checking, and
it avoids a minor but annoying API break for extensions.
With this change, there is no reason for anybody to call
AllocSetContextCreateExtended directly, so in HEAD I renamed it to
AllocSetContextCreateInternal. It's probably too late for an ABI
break like that in 11, though.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181012170355.bhxi273skjt6sag4@alap3.anarazel.de
There was no code to handle foreign key constraints on partitioned
tables in the case of ALTER TABLE DETACH; and if you happened to ATTACH
a partition that already had an equivalent constraint, that one was
ignored and a new constraint was created. Adding this to the fact that
foreign key cloning reuses the constraint name on the partition instead
of generating a new name (as it probably should, to cater to SQL
standard rules about constraint naming within schemas), the result was a
pretty poor user experience -- the most visible failure was that just
detaching a partition and re-attaching it failed with an error such as
ERROR: duplicate key value violates unique constraint "pg_constraint_conrelid_contypid_conname_index"
DETAIL: Key (conrelid, contypid, conname)=(26702, 0, test_result_asset_id_fkey) already exists.
because it would try to create an identically-named constraint in the
partition. To make matters worse, if you tried to drop the constraint
in the now-independent partition, that would fail because the constraint
was still seen as dependent on the constraint in its former parent
partitioned table:
ERROR: cannot drop inherited constraint "test_result_asset_id_fkey" of relation "test_result_cbsystem_0001_0050_monthly_2018_09"
This fix attacks the problem from two angles: first, when the partition
is detached, the constraint is also marked as independent, so the drop
now works. Second, when the partition is re-attached, we scan existing
constraints searching for one matching the FK in the parent, and if one
exists, we link that one to the parent constraint. So we don't end up
with a duplicate -- and better yet, we don't need to scan the referenced
table to verify that the constraint holds.
To implement this I made a small change to previously planner-only
struct ForeignKeyCacheInfo to contain the constraint OID; also relcache
now maintains the list of FKs for partitioned tables too.
Backpatch to 11.
Reported-by: Michael Vitale (bug #15425)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15425-2dbc9d2aa999f816@postgresql.org
It was previously a string setting that was converted into an enum by
custom code, but using the GUC enum facility seems much simpler and
doesn't change any functionality, except that
set transaction_isolation='default';
no longer works, but that was never documented and doesn't work with
any other transaction characteristics. (Note that this is not the
same as RESET or SET TO DEFAULT, which still work.)
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/457db615-e84c-4838-310e-43841eb806e5@iki.fi
This function lists the contents of the WAL archive status directory,
and is intended to be used by monitoring tools. Unlike pg_ls_dir(),
access to it can be granted to non-superusers so that those monitoring
tools can observe the principle of least privilege. Access is also
given by default to members of pg_monitor.
Author: Christoph Moench-Tegeder
Reviewed-by: Aya Iwata
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180930205920.GA64534@elch.exwg.net
Originally committed as 15bc038f (plus some follow-ups), this was
reverted in 28e07270 due to a problem discovered in parallel
workers. This new version corrects that problem by sending the
list of uncommitted enum values to parallel workers.
Here follows the original commit message describing the change:
To prevent possibly breaking indexes on enum columns, we must keep
uncommitted enum values from getting stored in tables, unless we
can be sure that any such column is new in the current transaction.
Formerly, we enforced this by disallowing ALTER TYPE ... ADD VALUE
from being executed at all in a transaction block, unless the target
enum type had been created in the current transaction. This patch
removes that restriction, and instead insists that an uncommitted enum
value can't be referenced unless it belongs to an enum type created
in the same transaction as the value. Per discussion, this should be
a bit less onerous. It does require each function that could possibly
return a new enum value to SQL operations to check this restriction,
but there aren't so many of those that this seems unmaintainable.
Author: Andrew Dunstan and Tom Lane, with parallel query fix by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0Ei7g6PaNTbcmAh9tCRahQrk%3Dr5ZWLD-jr7hXweYX3yg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4075.1459088427%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Up to now, float4out/float8out handled NaN and Infinity cases explicitly,
and invoked psprintf only for ordinary float values. This was done because
platform implementations of snprintf produce varying representations of
these special cases. But now that we use snprintf.c always, it's better
to give it the responsibility to produce a uniform representation of
these cases, so that we have uniformity across the board not only in
float4out/float8out. Hence, move that work into fmtfloat().
Also, teach fmtfloat() to recognize IEEE minus zero and handle it
correctly. The previous coding worked only accidentally, and would
fail for e.g. "%+f" format (it'd print "+-0.00000"). Now that we're
using snprintf.c everywhere, it's not acceptable for it to do weird
things in corner cases. (This incidentally avoids a portability
problem we've seen on some really ancient platforms, that native
sprintf does the wrong thing with minus zero.)
Also, introduce a new entry point in snprintf.c to allow float[48]out
to bypass the work of interpreting a well-known format spec, as well
as bypassing the overhead of the psprintf layer. I modeled this API
loosely on strfromd(). In my testing, this brings float[48]out back
to approximately the same speed they had when using native snprintf,
fixing one of the main performance issues caused by using snprintf.c.
(There is some talk of more aggressive work to improve the speed of
floating-point output conversion, but these changes seem to provide
a better starting point for such work anyway.)
Getting rid of the previous ad-hoc hack for Infinity/NaN in fmtfloat()
allows removing <ctype.h> from snprintf.c's #includes. I also removed
a few other #includes that I think are historical, though the buildfarm
may expose that as wrong.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13178.1538794717@sss.pgh.pa.us
Places that aren't testing for sign should not use the more expensive
function; it's just wasteful, not to mention being a cognitive load
for readers who may know what isinf() is but not is_infinite().
As things stand, we actually don't need is_infinite() anyplace except
float4out/float8out, which means it could potentially go away altogether
after the changes I proposed in <13178.1538794717@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
When computing statistical aggregates like variance, the common
schoolbook algorithm which computes the sum of the squares of the
values and subtracts the square of the mean can lead to a large loss
of precision when using floating point arithmetic, because the
difference between the two terms is often very small relative to the
terms themselves.
To avoid this, re-work these aggregates to use the Youngs-Cramer
algorithm, which is a proven, numerically stable algorithm that
directly aggregates the sum of the squares of the differences of the
values from the mean in a single pass over the data.
While at it, improve the test coverage to test the aggregate combine
functions used during parallel aggregation.
Per report and suggested algorithm from Erich Schubert.
Patch by me, reviewed by Madeleine Thompson.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153313051300.1397.9594490737341194671@wrigleys.postgresql.org
This lists the contents of a temporary directory associated to a given
tablespace, useful to get information about on-disk consumption caused
by temporary files used by a session query. By default, pg_default is
scanned, and a tablespace can be specified as argument.
This function is intended to be used by monitoring tools, and, unlike
pg_ls_dir(), access to them can be granted to non-superusers so that
those monitoring tools can observe the principle of least privilege.
Access is also given by default to members of pg_monitor.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/92F458A2-6459-44B8-A7F2-2ADD3225046A@amazon.com
This moves the system administration functions for signalling backends
from backend/utils/adt/misc.c into a separate file dedicated to backend
signalling. No new functionality is introduced in this commit.
Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/C2C7C3EC-CC5F-44B6-9C78-637C88BD7D14@yesql.se
The API (EOH_flatten_into) that flattens the expanded value representation
expects the target address to be maxaligned. All it's usage adhere to that
principle except when serializing datums for parallel query. Fix that
usage.
Diagnosed-by: Tom Lane
Author: Tom Lane and Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 9.6
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11629.1536550032@sss.pgh.pa.us
Instead of recomputing the required lock levels in all these places,
just use what commit fdba460a2 made the parser store in the RTE fields.
This already simplifies the code measurably in these places, and
follow-on changes will remove a bunch of no-longer-needed infrastructure.
In a few cases, this change causes us to acquire a higher lock level
than we did before. This is OK primarily because said higher lock level
should've been acquired already at query parse time; thus, we're saving
a useless extra trip through the shared lock manager to acquire a lesser
lock alongside the original lock. The only known exception to this is
that re-execution of a previously planned SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE query,
for a table that uses ROW_MARK_REFERENCE or ROW_MARK_COPY methods, might
have gotten only AccessShareLock before. Now it will get RowShareLock
like the first execution did, which seems fine.
While there's more to do, push it in this state anyway, to let the
buildfarm help verify that nothing bad happened.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
The variants of these functions that take numeric inputs (OIDs or
column numbers) are supposed to return NULL rather than failing
on bad input; this rule reduces problems with snapshot skew when
queries apply the functions to all rows of a catalog.
has_column_privilege() had careless handling of the case where the
table OID didn't exist. You might get something like this:
select has_column_privilege(9999,'nosuchcol','select');
ERROR: column "nosuchcol" of relation "(null)" does not exist
or you might get a crash, depending on the platform's printf's response
to a null string pointer.
In addition, while applying the column-number variant to a dropped
column returned NULL as desired, applying the column-name variant
did not:
select has_column_privilege('mytable','........pg.dropped.2........','select');
ERROR: column "........pg.dropped.2........" of relation "mytable" does not exist
It seems better to make this case return NULL as well.
Also, the OID-accepting variants of has_foreign_data_wrapper_privilege,
has_server_privilege, and has_tablespace_privilege didn't follow the
principle of returning NULL for nonexistent OIDs. Superusers got TRUE,
everybody else got an error.
Per investigation of Jaime Casanova's report of a new crash in HEAD.
These behaviors have been like this for a long time, so back-patch to
all supported branches.
Patch by me; thanks to Stephen Frost for discussion and review
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeP=-6Gyqq5TN9OvYEydi7Fv1oGyYj650LGTnW44oAzYCg@mail.gmail.com
Add RangeTblEntry.rellockmode, which records the appropriate lock mode for
each RTE_RELATION rangetable entry (either AccessShareLock, RowShareLock,
or RowExclusiveLock depending on the RTE's role in the query).
This patch creates the field and makes all creators of RTE nodes fill it
in reasonably, but for the moment nothing much is done with it. The plan
is to replace assorted post-parser logic that re-determines the right
lockmode to use with simple uses of rte->rellockmode. For now, just add
Asserts in each of those places that the rellockmode matches what they are
computing today. (In some cases the match isn't perfect, so the Asserts
are weaker than you might expect; but this seems OK, as per discussion.)
This passes check-world for me, but it seems worth pushing in this state
to see if the buildfarm finds any problems in cases I failed to test.
catversion bump due to change of stored rules.
Amit Langote, reviewed by David Rowley and Jesper Pedersen,
and whacked around a bit more by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/468c85d9-540e-66a2-1dde-fec2b741e688@lab.ntt.co.jp
The connection authorized message has quite a bit of useful information
in it, but didn't include the application_name (when provided), so let's
add that as it can be very useful.
Note that at the point where we're emitting the connection authorized
message, we haven't processed GUCs, so it's not possible to get this by
using log_line_prefix (which pulls from the GUC). There's also
something to be said for having this included in the connection
authorized message and then not needing to repeat it for every line, as
having it in log_line_prefix would do.
The GUC cleans the application name to pure-ascii, so do that here too,
but pull out the logic for cleaning up a string into its own function
in common and re-use it from those places, and check_cluster_name which
was doing the same thing.
Author: Don Seiler <don@seiler.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHJZqBB_Pxv8HRfoh%2BAB4KxSQQuPVvtYCzMg7woNR3r7dfmopw%40mail.gmail.com
It failed if passed a nonexistent relation OID, or one that was a non-heap
relation, because of blindly applying heap_open to a user-supplied OID.
This is not OK behavior for a SQL-exposed function; we have a project
policy that we should return NULL in such cases. Moreover, since
pg_get_partition_constraintdef ought now to work on indexes, restricting
it to heaps is flat wrong anyway.
The underlying function generate_partition_qual() wasn't on board with
indexes having partition quals either, nor for that matter with rels
having relispartition set but yet null relpartbound. (One wonders
whether the person who wrote the function comment blocks claiming that
these functions allow a missing relpartbound had ever tested it.)
Fix by testing relispartition before opening the rel, and by using
relation_open not heap_open. (If any other relkinds ever grow the
ability to have relispartition set, the code will work with them
automatically.) Also, don't reject null relpartbound in
generate_partition_qual.
Back-patch to v11, and all but the null-relpartbound change to v10.
(It's not really necessary to change generate_partition_qual at all
in v10, but I thought s/heap_open/relation_open/ would be a good
idea anyway just to keep the code in sync with later branches.)
Per report from Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180927200020.GJ776@telsasoft.com
The previous commit wasn't careful enough to remove all traces of
TupleDescGetSlot().
Besides fixing the oversight of not removing TupleDescGetSlot()'s
declaration, this also removes FuncCallContext->slot. That was
documented to be for use in combination with TupleDescGetSlot(), a
cursory search over extensions finds no users, and there doesn't seem
to be convincing reasons to keep it around. If we later in the v12
release cycle find users, we can re-consider this part of the commit.
Reported-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180926000413.GC1659@paquier.xyz
Those previously used bool, which should be safe on any modern
platforms, however the C standard is clear that it is better to use
sig_atomic_t for variables manipulated in signal handlers. This commit
adds at the same time PGDLLIMPORT to ClientConnectionLost.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Chris Travers, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180925011311.GD1354@paquier.xyz
I started out with the idea that we needed to detect use of %m format specs
in contexts other than elog/ereport calls, because we couldn't rely on that
working in *printf calls. But a better answer is to fix things so that it
does work. Now that we're using snprintf.c all the time, we can implement
%m in that and we've fixed the problem.
This requires also adjusting our various printf-wrapping functions so that
they ensure "errno" is preserved when they call snprintf.c.
Remove elog.c's handmade implementation of %m, and let it rely on
snprintf to support the feature. That should provide some performance
gain, though I've not attempted to measure it.
There are a lot of places where we could now simplify 'printf("%s",
strerror(errno))' into 'printf("%m")', but I'm not in any big hurry
to make that happen.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2975.1526862605@sss.pgh.pa.us
elog.c has long had a private strerror wrapper that handles assorted
possible failures or deficiencies of the platform's strerror. On Windows,
it also knows how to translate Winsock error codes, which the native
strerror does not. Move all this code into src/port/strerror.c and
define strerror() as a macro that invokes it, so that both our frontend
and backend code will have all of this behavior.
I believe this constitutes an actual bug fix on Windows, since AFAICS
our frontend code did not report Winsock error codes properly before this.
However, the main point is to lay the groundwork for implementing %m
in src/port/snprintf.c: the behavior we want %m to have is this one,
not the native strerror's.
Note that this throws away the prior use of src/port/strerror.c,
which was to implement strerror() on platforms lacking it. That's
been dead code for nigh twenty years now, since strerror() was
already required by C89.
We should likewise cause strerror_r to use this behavior, but
I'll tackle that separately.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2975.1526862605@sss.pgh.pa.us
According to the source history, the internal format of line data type
has changed, but various functions working with it did were not updated
and thus were producing wrong results.
This patch addresses various such issues, in particular:
* Reject invalid specification A=B=0 on receive
* Reject same points on line_construct_pp()
* Fix perpendicular operator when negative values are involved
* Avoid division by zero on perpendicular operator
* Fix intersection and distance operators when neither A nor B are 1
* Return NULL for closest point when objects are parallel
* Check whether closest point of line segments is the intersection point
* Fix closest point of line segments being on the wrong segment
Aside from handling those issues, the patch also aims to make operators
more symmetric and less sen to precision loss. The EPSILON interferes
with even minor changes, but the least we can do is applying it to both
sides of the operators equally.
Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
Upcoming changes introduce further types of tuple table slots, in
preparation of making table storage pluggable. New storage methods
will have different representation of tuples, therefore the slot
accessor should refer explicitly to heap tuples.
Instead of just renaming the functions, split it into one function
that accepts heap tuples not residing in buffers, and one accepting
ones in buffers. Previously one function was used for both, but that
was a bit awkward already, and splitting will allow us to represent
slot types for tuples in buffers and normal memory separately.
This is split out from the patch introducing abstract slots, as this
largely consists out of mechanical changes.
Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180220224318.gw4oe5jadhpmcdnm@alap3.anarazel.de
array_out overestimated the space needed for its output, possibly by
a very substantial amount if the array is multi-dimensional, because
of wrong order of operations in the loop that counts the number of
curly-brace pairs needed. While the output string is normally
short-lived, this could still cause problems in extreme cases.
An additional minor error was that it counted one more delimiter than
is actually needed.
Repair those errors, add an Assert that the space is now correctly
calculated, and make some minor improvements in the comments.
I also failed to resist the temptation to get rid of an integer
modulus operation per array element; a simple comparison is sufficient.
This bug dates clear back to Berkeley days, so back-patch to all
supported versions.
Keiichi Hirobe, minor additional work by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH=EFxE9W0tRvQkixR2XJRRCToUYUEDkJZk6tnADXugPBRdcdg@mail.gmail.com
aclitem functions and operators have been heretofore undocumented.
Fix that. While at it, ensure the non-operator aclitem functions have
pg_description strings.
Does not seem worthwhile to back-patch.
Author: Fabien Coelho, with pg_description from John Naylor, and significant
refactoring and editorialization by me.
Reviewed by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/alpine.DEB.2.21.1808010825490.18204%40lancre
This removes a difference between the standard IsUnderPostmaster
execution environment and that of --boot and --single. In a stand-alone
backend, "SELECT random()" always started at the same seed.
On a system capable of using posix shared memory, initdb could still
conclude "selecting dynamic shared memory implementation ... sysv".
Crashed --boot or --single postgres processes orphaned shared memory
objects having names that collided with the not-actually-random names
that initdb probed. The sysv fallback appeared after ten crashes of
--boot or --single postgres. Since --boot and --single are rare in
production use, systems used for PostgreSQL development are the
principal candidate to notice this symptom.
Back-patch to 9.3 (all supported versions). PostgreSQL 9.4 introduced
dynamic shared memory, but 9.3 does share the "SELECT random()" problem.
Reviewed by Tom Lane and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180915221546.GA3159382@rfd.leadboat.com
Being able to use a value that can be changed on a connection basis is
useful with clusters distributed geographically, and makes failure
detection more flexible. A note is added in the documentation about the
use of "options" in primary_conninfo, which can be hard to grasp for
newcomers with the need of two single quotes when listing a set of
parameters.
Author: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0A3221C70F24FB45833433255569204D1FAAD3AE@G01JPEXMBYT05
cf984672 introduced improvement of handling of spaces and separators in
to_timestamp()/to_date() functions. In particular, now we're skipping spaces
both before and after fields. That may cause format string text character to
consume part of field in the situations, when it didn't happen before cf984672.
This commit cause format string text character consume input string characters
only when since previous field (or string beginning) number of skipped input
string characters is not greater than number of corresponding format string
characters (that is we didn't skip any extra characters in input string).
If a segment has been freed by dsa.c because it is entirely empty, other
backends must make sure to unmap it before following links to new
segments that might happen to have the same index number, or they could
finish up looking at a defunct segment and then corrupt the segment_bins
lists. The correct protocol requires checking freed_segment_counter
after acquiring the area lock and before resolving any index number to a
segment. Add the missing checks and an assertion.
Back-patch to 10, where dsa.c first arrived.
Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm%3D0thg%2Bja5zGVa7jBy-uqyHrTqTm8HGhEOtMmigGrAqTbw%40mail.gmail.com
Currently, KNN searches were supported only by GiST. SP-GiST also capable to
support them. This commit implements that support. SP-GiST scan stack is
replaced with queue, which serves as stack if no ordering is specified. KNN
support is provided for three SP-GIST opclasses: quad_point_ops, kd_point_ops
and poly_ops (catversion is bumped). Some common parts between GiST and SP-GiST
KNNs are extracted into separate functions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/570825e8-47d0-4732-2bf6-88d67d2d51c8%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov based on GSoC work by Vlad Sterzhanov
Review: Andrey Borodin, Alexander Korotkov
The original coding for XMLTABLE thought it could represent a default
namespace by a T_String Value node with a null string pointer. That's
not okay, though; in particular outfuncs.c/readfuncs.c are not on board
with such a representation, meaning you'll get a null pointer crash
if you try to store a view or rule containing this construct.
To fix, change the parsetree representation so that we have a NULL
list element, instead of a bogus Value node.
This isn't really a functional limitation since default XML namespaces
aren't yet implemented in the executor; you'd just get "DEFAULT
namespace is not supported" anyway. But crashes are not nice, so
back-patch to v10 where this syntax was added. Ordinarily we'd consider
a parsetree representation change to be un-backpatchable; but since
existing releases would crash on the way to storing such constructs,
there can't be any existing views/rules to be incompatible with.
Per report from Andrey Lepikhov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3690074f-abd2-56a9-144a-aa5545d7a291@postgrespro.ru
Per discussion, JIT isn't quite mature enough to ship enabled-by-default.
I failed to resist the temptation to do a bunch of copy-editing on the
related documentation. Also, clean up some inconsistencies in which
section of config.sgml the JIT GUCs are documented in vs. what guc.c
and postgresql.config.sample had.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180914222657.mw25esrzbcnu6qlu@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit c8ea87e4b introduced a temporary conversion buffer for
substrings extracted during regexp splits. Unfortunately the code that
sized it was failing to ignore the effects of ignored degenerate
regexp matches, so for regexp_split_* calls it could under-size the
buffer in such cases.
Fix, and add some regression test cases (though those will only catch
the bug if run in a multibyte encoding).
Backpatch to 9.3 as the faulty code was.
Thanks to the PostGIS project, Regina Obe and Paul Ramsey for the
report (via IRC) and assistance in analysis. Patch by me.
Up to now, get_const_expr() insisted on prefixing BIT and VARBIT
literals with 'B'. That's not really necessary, because we always
append explicit-cast syntax to identify the constant's type.
Moreover, it's subtly wrong for VARBIT, because the parser will
interpret B'...' as '...'::"bit"; see make_const() which explicitly
assigns type BITOID for a T_BitString literal. So what had been
a simple VARBIT literal is reconstructed as ('...'::"bit")::varbit,
which is not the same thing, at least not before constant folding.
This results in odd differences after dump/restore, as complained
of by the patch submitter, and it could result in actual failures in
partitioning or inheritance DDL operations (see commit 542320c2b,
which repaired similar misbehaviors for some other data types).
Fixing it is pretty easy: just remove the special case and let the
default code path handle these types. We could have kept the special
case for BIT only, but there seems little point in that.
Like the previous patch, I judge that back-patching this into stable
branches wouldn't be a good idea. However, it seems not quite too
late for v11, so let's fix it there.
Paul Guo, reviewed by Davy Machado and John Naylor, minor adjustments
by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABQrizdTra=2JEqA6+Ms1D1k1Kqw+aiBBhC9TreuZRX2JzxLAA@mail.gmail.com
to_timestamp()/to_date() functions were introduced mainly for Oracle
compatibility, and became very popular among PostgreSQL users. However, some
behavior of to_timestamp()/to_date() functions are both incompatible with Oracle
and confusing for our users. This behavior is related to handling of spaces and
separators in non FX (fixed format) mode. This commit reworks this behavior
making less confusing, better documented and more compatible with Oracle.
Nevertheless, there are still following incompatibilities with Oracle.
1) We don't insist that there are no format string patterns unmatched to
input string.
2) In FX mode we don't insist space and separators in format string to exactly
match input string.
3) When format string patterns are divided by mix of spaces and separators, we
don't distinguish them, while Oracle takes into account only last group of
spaces/separators.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1873520224.1784572.1465833145330.JavaMail.yahoo%40mail.yahoo.com
Author: Artur Zakirov, Alexander Korotkov, Liudmila Mantrova
Review: Amul Sul, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Dmitry Dolgov, David G. Johnston
Commit 842cb9fa6 refactored things so that dfmgr.c includes <dlfcn.h>,
which before that had only been directly included in platform-specific
stub files. It turns out that on macOS, <dlfcn.h> includes <stdbool.h>,
and that causes problems on platforms where _Bool is not char-sized ...
which happens to include the PPC versions of macOS. Work around it
much as we have in plperl.h, by #undef'ing bool after including the
problematic file, but only if we're not using stdbool-style booleans.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1fxqjl-0003YS-NS@gemulon.postgresql.org
It's somewhat surprising that we got away with this before. (Actually,
since nobody tests this routinely AFAIK, it might've been broken for
awhile. But it's definitely broken in the wake of commit f868a8143.)
It seems sufficient to limit the forced recursion to a small number
of levels.
Back-patch to all supported branches, like the preceding patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12259.1532117714@sss.pgh.pa.us
In the original code, we were storing the pg_inherits row for a
partitioned table too early: enough that we had a hack for relcache to
avoid falling flat on its face while reading such a partial entry. If
we finish the pg_class creation first and *then* store the pg_inherits
entry, we don't need that hack.
Also recognize that pg_class.relpartbound is not marked NOT NULL and
therefore it's entirely possible to read null values, so having only
Assert() protection isn't enough. Change those to if/elog tests
instead. This qualifies as a robustness fix, so backpatch to pg11.
In passing, remove one access that wasn't actually needed, and reword
one message to be like all the others that check for the same thing.
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180903213916.hh6wasnrdg6xv2ud@alvherre.pgsql
It's been true for a long time that we expect names of table and domain
constraints to be unique among the constraints of that table or domain.
However, the enforcement of that has been pretty haphazard, and it missed
some corner cases such as creating a CHECK constraint and then an index
constraint of the same name (as per recent report from André Hänsel).
Also, due to the lack of an actual unique index enforcing this, duplicates
could be created through race conditions.
Moreover, the code that searches pg_constraint has been quite inconsistent
about how to handle duplicate names if one did occur: some places checked
and threw errors if there was more than one match, while others just
processed the first match they came to.
To fix, create a unique index on (conrelid, contypid, conname). Since
either conrelid or contypid is zero, this will separately enforce
uniqueness of constraint names among constraints of any one table and any
one domain. (If we ever implement SQL assertions, and put them into this
catalog, more thought might be needed. But it'd be at least as reasonable
to put them into a new catalog; having overloaded this one catalog with
two kinds of constraints was a mistake already IMO.) This index can replace
the existing non-unique index on conrelid, though we need to keep the one
on contypid for query performance reasons.
Having done that, we can simplify the logic in various places that either
coped with duplicates or neglected to, as well as potentially improve
lookup performance when searching for a constraint by name.
Also, as per our usual practice, install a preliminary check so that you
get something more friendly than a unique-index violation report in the
case complained of by André. And teach ChooseIndexName to avoid choosing
autogenerated names that would draw such a failure.
While it's not possible to make such a change in the back branches,
it doesn't seem quite too late to put this into v11, so do so.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c1001d4428f$0942b430$1bc81c90$@webkr.de
This column was added in commit 8224de4f42 ("Indexes with INCLUDE
columns and their support in B-tree") to ease writing the ruleutils.c
supporting code for that feature, but it turns out to be unnecessary --
we can do the same thing with just one more syscache lookup.
Even the documentation for the new column being removed in this commit
is awkward.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180902165018.33otxftp3olgtu4t@alvherre.pgsql
There's a project policy against using plain "char buf[BLCKSZ]" local
or static variables as page buffers; preferred style is to palloc or
malloc each buffer to ensure it is MAXALIGN'd. However, that policy's
been ignored in an increasing number of places. We've apparently got
away with it so far, probably because (a) relatively few people use
platforms on which misalignment causes core dumps and/or (b) the
variables chance to be sufficiently aligned anyway. But this is not
something to rely on. Moreover, even if we don't get a core dump,
we might be paying a lot of cycles for misaligned accesses.
To fix, invent new union types PGAlignedBlock and PGAlignedXLogBlock
that the compiler must allocate with sufficient alignment, and use
those in place of plain char arrays.
I used these types even for variables where there's no risk of a
misaligned access, since ensuring proper alignment should make
kernel data transfers faster. I also changed some places where
we had been palloc'ing short-lived buffers, for coding style
uniformity and to save palloc/pfree overhead.
Since this seems to be a live portability hazard (despite the lack
of field reports), back-patch to all supported versions.
Patch by me; thanks to Michael Paquier for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1535618100.1286.3.camel@credativ.de
regexp_matches, regexp_split_to_table and regexp_split_to_array all
work by compiling a list of match positions as character offsets (NOT
byte positions) in the source string.
Formerly, they then used text_substr to extract the matched text; but
in a multi-byte encoding, that counts the characters in the string,
and the characters needed to reach the starting byte position, on
every call. Accordingly, the performance degraded as the product of
the input string length and the number of match positions, such that
splitting a string of a few hundred kbytes could take many minutes.
Repair by keeping the wide-character copy of the input string
available (only in the case where encoding_max_length is not 1) after
performing the match operation, and extracting substrings from that
instead. This reduces the complexity to being linear in the number of
result bytes, discounting the actual regexp match itself (which is not
affected by this patch).
In passing, remove cleanup using retail pfree() which was obsoleted by
commit ff428cded (Feb 2008) which made cleanup of SRF multi-call
contexts automatic. Also increase (to ~134 million) the maximum number
of matches and provide an error message when it is reached.
Backpatch all the way because this has been wrong forever.
Analysis and patch by me; review by Kaiting Chen.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87pnyn55qh.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
see also https://postgr.es/m/87lg996g4r.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
The problem arises with the combination of CALL with output parameters
and doing a COMMIT inside the procedure. When a CALL has output
parameters, the portal uses the strategy PORTAL_UTIL_SELECT instead of
PORTAL_MULTI_QUERY. Using PORTAL_UTIL_SELECT causes the portal's
snapshot to be registered with the current resource
owner (portal->holdSnapshot); see
9ee1cf04ab for the reason.
Normally, PortalDrop() unregisters the snapshot. If not, then
ResourceOwnerRelease() will print a warning about a snapshot leak on
transaction commit. A transaction commit normally drops all
portals (PreCommit_Portals()), except the active portal. So in case of
the active portal, we need to manually release the snapshot to avoid the
warning.
Reported-by: Prabhat Sahu <prabhat.sahu@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan S. Katz <jkatz@postgresql.org>
While monitoring the code, a couple of issues related to string
translation has showed up:
- Some routines for auto-updatable views return an error string, which
sometimes missed the shot. A comment regarding string translation is
added for each routine to help with future features.
- GSSAPI authentication missed two translations.
- vacuumdb handles non-translated strings.
- GetConfigOptionByNum should translate strings. This part is not
back-patched as after a minor upgrade this could be surprising for
users.
Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180810.152131.31921918.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
Backpatch-through: 9.3
This patch makes the geometric operators and functions use the exported
function of the float4/float8 datatypes. The main reason of doing so is
to check for underflow and overflow, and to handle NaNs consciously.
The float datatypes consider NaNs values to be equal and greater than
all non-NaN values. This change considers NaNs equal only for equality
operators. The placement operators, contains, overlaps, left/right of
etc. continue to return false when NaNs are involved. We don't need
to worry about them being considered greater than any-NaN because there
aren't any basic comparison operators like less/greater than for the
geometric datatypes.
The changes may be summarised as:
* Check for underflow, overflow and division by zero
* Consider NaN values to be equal
* Return NULL when the distance is NaN for all closest point operators
* Favour not-NaN over NaN where it makes sense
The patch also replaces all occurrences of "double" as "float8". They
are the same, but were used inconsistently in the same file.
Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
Since our substitute snprintf now returns a C99-compliant result,
there's no need anymore to have complicated code to cope with pre-C99
behavior. We can just make configure substitute snprintf.c if it finds
that the system snprintf() is pre-C99. (Note: I do not believe that
there are any platforms where this test will trigger that weren't
already being rejected due to our other C99-ish feature requirements for
snprintf. But let's add the check for paranoia's sake.) Then, simplify
the call sites that had logic to cope with the pre-C99 definition.
I also dropped some stuff that was being paranoid about the possibility
of snprintf overrunning the given buffer. The only reports we've ever
heard of that being a problem were for Solaris 7, which is long dead,
and we've sure not heard any reports of these assertions triggering in
a long time. So let's drop that complexity too.
Likewise, drop some code that wasn't trusting snprintf to set errno
when it returns -1. That would be not-per-spec, and again there's
no real reason to believe it is a live issue, especially not for
snprintfs that pass all of configure's feature checks.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17245.1534289329@sss.pgh.pa.us
Fix a small number of places that were testing the result of snprintf()
but doing so incorrectly. The right test for buffer overrun, per C99,
is "result >= bufsize" not "result > bufsize". Some places were also
checking for failure with "result == -1", but the standard only says
that a negative value is delivered on failure.
(Note that this only makes these places correct if snprintf() delivers
C99-compliant results. But at least now these places are consistent
with all the other places where we assume that.)
Also, make psql_start_test() and isolation_start_test() check for
buffer overrun while constructing their shell commands. There seems
like a higher risk of overrun, with more severe consequences, here
than there is for the individual file paths that are made elsewhere
in the same functions, so this seemed like a worthwhile change.
Also fix guc.c's do_serialize() to initialize errno = 0 before
calling vsnprintf. In principle, this should be unnecessary because
vsnprintf should have set errno if it returns a failure indication ...
but the other two places this coding pattern is cribbed from don't
assume that, so let's be consistent.
These errors are all very old, so back-patch as appropriate. I think
that only the shell command overrun cases are even theoretically
reachable in practice, but there's not much point in erroneous error
checks.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17245.1534289329@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 9da0cc3528, which introduced parallel CREATE INDEX, failed to
propagate relmapper.c backend local cache state to parallel worker
processes. This could result in parallel index builds against mapped
catalog relations where the leader process (participating as a worker)
scans the new, pristine relfilenode, while worker processes scan the
obsolescent relfilenode. When this happened, the final index structure
was typically not consistent with the owning table's structure. The
final index structure could contain entries formed from both heap
relfilenodes. Only rebuilds on mapped catalog relations that occur as
part of a VACUUM FULL or CLUSTER could become corrupt in practice, since
their mapped relation relfilenode swap is what allows the inconsistency
to arise.
On master, fix the problem by propagating the required relmapper.c
backend state as part of standard parallel initialization (Cf. commit
29d58fd3). On v11, simply disallow builds against mapped catalog
relations by deeming them parallel unsafe.
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reported-By: "death lock"
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, Amit Kapila
Bug: #15309
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/153329671686.1405.18298309097348420351@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch: 11-, where parallel CREATE INDEX was introduced.
Commits 742869946 et al turn out to be a couple bricks shy of a load.
We were dumping the stored values of GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables as they
appear in proconfig or setconfig catalog columns. However, although that
quoting rule looks a lot like SQL-identifier double quotes, there are two
critical differences: empty strings ("") are legal, and depending on which
variable you're considering, values longer than NAMEDATALEN might be valid
too. So the current technique fails altogether on empty-string list
entries (as reported by Steven Winfield in bug #15248) and it also risks
truncating file pathnames during dump/reload of GUC values that are lists
of pathnames.
To fix, split the stored value without any downcasing or truncation,
and then emit each element as a SQL string literal.
This is a tad annoying, because we now have three copies of the
comma-separated-string splitting logic in varlena.c as well as a fourth
one in dumputils.c. (Not to mention the randomly-different-from-those
splitting logic in libpq...) I looked at unifying these, but it would
be rather a mess unless we're willing to tweak the API definitions of
SplitIdentifierString, SplitDirectoriesString, or both. That might be
worth doing in future; but it seems pretty unsafe for a back-patched
bug fix, so for now accept the duplication.
Back-patch to all supported branches, as the previous fix was.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7585.1529435872@sss.pgh.pa.us
This allows querying the SSL implementation used on the server side.
It's analogous to using PQsslAttribute(conn, "library") in libpq.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Perpendicular lines always intersect, so the line_interpt_line() return
value in line_closept_point() was used only in an assertion, triggering
compiler warnings in non-assert builds.
Commit a7dc63d904 inadvertedly removed this bit originally introduced
by 43fe90f66a, causing regression test failures on some platforms,
due to producing {1,-1,-0} instead of {1,-1,0}.
Commit 5770172cb0 documented secure schema
usage, and that advice suffices for using unqualified names securely.
Document, in typeconv-func primarily, the additional issues that arise
with qualified names. Back-patch to 9.3 (all supported versions).
Reviewed by Jonathan S. Katz.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180721012446.GA1840594@rfd.leadboat.com
Some data types under adt/ have separate header files, but most simple
ones do not, and their public functions are defined in builtins.h. As
the patches improving geometric types will require making additional
functions public, this seems like a good opportunity to create a header
for floats types.
Commit 1acf757255 made _cmp functions public to solve NaN issues locally
for GiST indexes. This patch reworks it in favour of a more widely
applicable API. The API uses inline functions, as they are easier to
use compared to macros, and avoid double-evaluation hazards.
Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
The primary goal of this patch is to eliminate duplicate code and share
code between different geometric data types more often, to prepare the
ground for additional patches. Until now the code reuse was limited,
probably because the simpler types (line and point) were implemented
after the more complex ones.
The changes are quite extensive and can be summarised as:
* Eliminate SQL-level function calls.
* Re-use more functions to implement others.
* Unify internal function names and signatures.
* Remove private functions from geo_decls.h.
* Replace should-not-happen checks with assertions.
* Add comments describe for various functions.
* Remove some unreachable code.
* Define delimiter symbols of line datatype like the other ones.
* Remove the GEODEBUG macro and printf() calls.
* Unify code style of a few oddly formatted lines.
While the goal was to cause minimal user-visible changes, it was not
possible to keep the original behavior in all cases - for example when
handling NaN values, or when reusing code makes the functions return
consistent results.
Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, me
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAE2gYzxF7-5djV6-cEvqQu-fNsnt%3DEqbOURx7ZDg%2BVv6ZMTWbg%40mail.gmail.com
Those would use the default ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR, but for foreseeable
failures an errcode ought to be set, ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED making the
most sense here.
While on the way, fix one errcode_for_file_access missing in origin.c
since the code has been created, and remove one assignment of errno to 0
before calling read(), as this was around to fit with what was present
before 811b6e36 where errno would not be set when not enough bytes are
read. I have noticed the first one, and Tom has pinged me about the
second one.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27265.1531925836@sss.pgh.pa.us
As benchmarks show, using libc's string-to-integer conversion is
pretty slow. At least part of the reason for that is that strtol[l]
have to be more generic than what largely is required inside pg.
This patch considerably speeds up int2/int4 input (int8 already was
already using hand-rolled code).
Most of the existing pg_atoi callers have been converted. But as one
requires pg_atoi's custom delimiter functionality, and as it seems
likely that there's external pg_atoi users, it seems sensible to just
keep pg_atoi around.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171208214437.qgn6zdltyq5hmjpk@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously a lot of the error messages referenced the type in the
error message itself. That requires that the message is translated
separately for each type.
Note that currently a few smallint cases continue to reference the
integer, rather than smallint, type. A later patch will create a
separate routine for 16bit input.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180707200158.wpqkd7rjr4jxq5g7@alap3.anarazel.de
The multi-argument form of pg_get_indexdef() failed to print anything when
asked to print a single index column that is an included column rather than
a key column. This seems an unintentional result of someone having tried
to take a short-cut and use the attrsOnly flag for two different purposes.
To fix, split said flag into two flags, attrsOnly which suppresses
non-attribute info, and keysOnly which suppresses included columns.
Add a test case using psql's \d command, which relies on that function.
(It's mighty tempting at this point to replace pg_get_indexdef_worker's
mess of boolean flag arguments with a single bitmask-of-flags argument,
which would allow making the call sites much more self-documenting.
But I refrained for the moment.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21724.1531943735@sss.pgh.pa.us
Historically, we've allowed auxiliary processes to take buffer pins without
tracking them in a ResourceOwner. However, that creates problems for error
recovery. In particular, we've seen multiple reports of assertion crashes
in the startup process when it gets an error while holding a buffer pin,
as for example if it gets ENOSPC during a write. In a non-assert build,
the process would simply exit without releasing the pin at all. We've
gotten away with that so far just because a failure exit of the startup
process translates to a database crash anyhow; but any similar behavior
in other aux processes could result in stuck pins and subsequent problems
in vacuum.
To improve this, institute a policy that we must *always* have a resowner
backing any attempt to pin a buffer, which we can enforce just by removing
the previous special-case code in resowner.c. Add infrastructure to make
it easy to create a process-lifespan AuxProcessResourceOwner and clear
out its contents at appropriate times. Replace existing ad-hoc resowner
management in bgwriter.c and other aux processes with that. (Thus, while
the startup process gains a resowner where it had none at all before, some
other aux process types are replacing an ad-hoc resowner with this code.)
Also use the AuxProcessResourceOwner to manage buffer pins taken during
StartupXLOG and ShutdownXLOG, even when those are being run in a bootstrap
process or a standalone backend rather than a true auxiliary process.
In passing, remove some other ad-hoc resource owner creations that had
gotten cargo-culted into various other places. As far as I can tell
that was all unnecessary, and if it had been necessary it was incomplete,
due to lacking any provision for clearing those resowners later.
(Also worth noting in this connection is that a process that hasn't called
InitBufferPoolBackend has no business accessing buffers; so there's more
to do than just add the resowner if we want to touch buffers in processes
not covered by this patch.)
Although this fixes a very old bug, no back-patch, because there's no
evidence of any significant problem in non-assert builds.
Patch by me, pursuant to a report from Justin Pryzby. Thanks to
Robert Haas and Kyotaro Horiguchi for reviews.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180627233939.GA10276@telsasoft.com
A collection of typos I happened to spot while reading code, as well as
grepping for common mistakes.
Backpatch to all supported versions, as applicable, to avoid conflicts
when backporting other commits in the future.
Some error messages related to file handling are using the code path
context to define their state. For example, 2PC-related errors are
referring to "two-phase status files", or "relation mapping file" is
used for catalog-to-filenode mapping, however those prove to be
difficult to translate, and are not more helpful than just referring to
the path of the file being worked on. So simplify all those error
messages by just referring to files with their path used. In some
cases, like the manipulation of WAL segments, the context is actually
helpful so those are kept.
Calls to the system function read() have also been rather inconsistent
with their error handling sometimes not reporting the number of bytes
read, and some other code paths trying to use an errno which has not
been set. The in-core functions are using a more consistent pattern
with this patch, which checks for both errno if set or if an
inconsistent read is happening.
So as to care about pluralization when reading an unexpected number of
byte(s), "could not read: read %d of %zu" is used as error message, with
%d field being the output result of read() and %zu the expected size.
This simplifies the work of translators with less variations of the same
message.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180520000522.GB1603@paquier.xyz
Update links that resulted in redirects. Most are changes from http to
https, but there are also some other minor edits. (There are still some
redirects where the target URL looks less elegant than the one we
currently have. I have left those as is.)
As of commit 37a795a60, populate_recordset_worker() tried to pass back
(as rsi.setDesc) a tupdesc that it also had cached in its fn_extra.
But the core executor would free the passed-back tupdesc, risking a
crash if the function were called again in the same query. The safest
and least invasive way to fix that is to make an extra tupdesc copy
to pass back.
While at it, I failed to resist the temptation to get rid of unnecessary
get_fn_expr_argtype() calls here and in populate_record_worker().
Per report from Dmitry Dolgov; thanks to Michael Paquier and
Andrew Gierth for investigation and discussion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcWzN9ztCfR47ZwgTr1KLnuO6BAY6FurxXhovP4hxr+yOQ@mail.gmail.com
We include <float.h> in every place that needs isnan(), because MSVC
used to require it. However, since MSVC 2013 that's no longer necessary
(cf. commit cec8394b5c), so we can retire the inclusion to a
version-specific stanza in win32_port.h, where it doesn't need to
pollute random .c files. The header is of course still needed in a few
places for other reasons.
I (Álvaro) removed float.h from a few more files than in Emre's original
patch. This doesn't break the build in my system, but we'll see what
the buildfarm has to say about it all.
Author: Emre Hasegeli
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE2gYzyc0+5uG+Cd9-BSL7NKC8LSHLNg1Aq2=8ubjnUwut4_iw@mail.gmail.com
PostgreSQL nowadays offers some kind of dynamic shared memory feature on
all supported platforms. Having the choice of "none" prevents us from
relying on DSM in core features. So this patch removes the choice of
"none".
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp>
randomAccess parallel tuplesorts are disallowed because the leader would
try to write to its own leader tape, not because the leader would try to
write to a worker tape directly.
Cleanup from commit 9da0cc3528.
Upper limits for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC and reloption
were initially set to 100.0 in 857f9c36. However, after further
discussion, it appears that some users like to disable B-tree cleanup
index scan completely (assuming there are no deleted pages).
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor is used barely to protect against
stalled index statistics. And after detailed consideration it appears
that risk of stalled index statistics is low. And it would be nice to
allow advanced users setting higher values of
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor. So, set upper limit for these
GUC and reloption to DBL_MAX.
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC8Q8tJCb%3DgxhzcV7T6ctx7PY-Ux1oA-AsTJc6cAVNsQiYcCzA%40mail.gmail.com
Commit 16828d5c02 neglected to do this, so upgraded databases would
silently get null instead of the specified default in rows without the
attribute defined.
A new binary upgrade function is provided to perform this and pg_dump is
adjusted to output a call to the function if required in binary upgrade
mode.
Also included is code to drop missing attribute values for dropped
columns. That way if the type is later dropped the missing value won't
have a dangling reference to the type.
Finally the regression tests are adjusted to ensure that there is a row
with a missing value so that this code is exercised in upgrade testing.
Catalog version unfortunately bumped.
Regression test changes from Tom Lane.
Remainder from me, reviewed by Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19987.1529420110@sss.pgh.pa.us
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor was located in autovacuum group of
GUCs. However, it affects not only autovacuum, but also manually run
VACUUM. It appears that "client connection defaults" group of GUCs
is more appropriate for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor, because
vacuum_*_age options are already located there.
Also, vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor was missed in
postgresql.conf.sample. So, add it there with appropriate comment.
Author: Masahiko Sawada with minor editorization by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoArsoXMLKudXSKN679FRzs6oubEchM53bHwn8Tp%3D2boNg%40mail.gmail.com
A typo in numeric_poly_combine caused bogus results for queries using
it, but of course would only manifest if parallel aggregation is
performed. Reported by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi.
David Rowley did the diagnosis and the fix; I editorialized rather
heavily on his regression test additions.
Back-patch to v10 where the breakage was introduced (by 9cca11c91).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6nU4E2x8nkSBpLOT2DPvQ5LviJ3SGyAN6Sz7qDH4G4+Pw@mail.gmail.com
According to the SQL standard, the context of XMLTABLE's XPath
row_expression is the document node of the XML input document, not the
root node. This becomes visible when a relative path rather than
absolute is used as row expression. Absolute paths is what was used in
original tests and docs (and the most common form used in examples
throughout the interwebs), which explains why this wasn't noticed
before.
Other functions such as xpath() and xpath_exists() also have this
problem. While not specified by the SQL standard, it would be pretty
odd to leave those functions to behave differently than XMLTABLE, so
change them too. However, this is a backwards-incompatible change.
No backpatch, out of fear of breaking code depending on the original
broken behavior.
Author: Markus Winand
Reported-By: Markus Winand
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0684A598-002C-42A2-AE12-F024A324EAE4@winand.at
Column expressions that match TEXT or CDATA nodes must return the
contents of the nodes themselves, not the content of non-existing
children (i.e. the empty string).
Author: Markus Winand
Reported-by: Markus Winand
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0684A598-002C-42A2-AE12-F024A324EAE4@winand.at
Clean up four places that result in compiler warnings when using recent
gcc with this warning class enabled (as seen on buildfarm members
calliphoridae, skink, and others). In all these places, this is purely
cosmetic, because the shift distance could not be large enough to risk
a change of sign, so there's no chance of implementation-dependent
behavior. Still, it's easy enough to avoid the warning by casting the
shifted value to unsigned, so let's do that.
Patch HEAD only, this isn't worth a back-patch.
The previous coding saved pointers into the partitioned table's relcache
entry, but then closed the relcache entry, causing those pointers to
nominally become dangling. Actual trouble would be seen in the field
only if a relcache flush occurred mid-query, but that's hardly out of
the question.
While we could fix this by copying all the data in question at query
start, it seems better to just hold the relcache entry open for the
whole query.
While at it, improve the handling of support-function lookups: do that
once per query not once per pruning test. There's still something to be
desired here, in that we fail to exploit the possibility of caching data
across queries in the fn_extra fields of the relcache's FmgrInfo structs,
which could happen if we just used those structs in-place rather than
copying them. However, combining that with the possibility of per-query
lookups of cross-type comparison functions seems to require changes in the
APIs of a lot of the pruning support functions, so it's too invasive to
consider as part of this patch. A win would ensue only for complex
partition key data types (e.g. arrays), so it may not be worth the
trouble.
David Rowley and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17850.1528755844@sss.pgh.pa.us
When vacuum processes a relation it uses the corresponding relcache
entry's relfrozenxid / relminmxid as a cutoff for when to remove
tuples etc. Unfortunately for nailed relations (i.e. critical system
catalogs) bugs could frequently lead to the corresponding relcache
entry being stale.
This set of bugs could cause actual data corruption as vacuum would
potentially not remove the correct row versions, potentially reviving
them at a later point. After 699bf7d05c some corruptions in this vein
were prevented, but the additional error checks could also trigger
spuriously. Examples of such errors are:
ERROR: found xmin ... from before relfrozenxid ...
and
ERROR: found multixact ... from before relminmxid ...
To be caused by this bug the errors have to occur on system catalog
tables.
The two bugs are:
1) Invalidations for nailed relations were ignored, based on the
theory that the relcache entry for such tables doesn't
change. Which is largely true, except for fields like relfrozenxid
etc. This means that changes to relations vacuumed in other
sessions weren't picked up by already existing sessions. Luckily
autovacuum doesn't have particularly longrunning sessions.
2) For shared *and* nailed relations, the shared relcache init file
was never invalidated while running. That means that for such
tables (e.g. pg_authid, pg_database) it's not just already existing
sessions that are affected, but even new connections are as well.
That explains why the reports usually were about pg_authid et. al.
To fix 1), revalidate the rd_rel portion of a relcache entry when
invalid. This implies a bit of extra complexity to deal with
bootstrapping, but it's not too bad. The fix for 2) is simpler,
simply always remove both the shared and local init files.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/20180525203736.crkbg36muzxrjj5e@alap3.anarazel.dehttps://postgr.es/m/CAMa1XUhKSJd98JW4o9StWPrfS=11bPgG+_GDMxe25TvUY4Sugg@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAKMFJucqbuoDRfxPDX39WhA3vJyxweRg_zDVXzncr6+5wOguWA@mail.gmail.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAGewt-ujGpMLQ09gXcUFMZaZsGJC98VXHEFbF-tpPB0fB13K+A@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 9.3-
Also, fix the pg_settings view to display source filename and line
number when invoked by a pg_read_all_settings member. This addition by
me (Álvaro).
Also, fix wording of the comment in GetConfigOption regarding the
restriction it implements, renaming the parameter for extra clarity.
Noted by Michaël.
These were all oversight in commit 25fff40798fc; backpatch to pg10,
where that commit first appeared.
Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1519917758.6586.8.camel@cybertec.at
Use palloc0() instead of palloc() to create a new JsonbIterator.
Otherwise, the isScalar field is sometimes not initialized. There is
probably no impact in practice, but it's cleaner this way and it avoids
future problems.
This complies with the perlcritic policy
Subroutines::RequireFinalReturn, which is a severity 4 policy. Since we
only currently check at severity level 5, the policy is raised to that
level until we move to level 4 or lower, so that any new infringements
will be caught.
A small cosmetic piece of tidying of the pgperlcritic script is
included.
Mike Blackwell
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAESHdJpfFm_9wQnQ3koY3c91FoRQsO-fh02za9R3OEMndOn84A@mail.gmail.com
Commit c37b3d08c dropped its added GetDataDirectoryCreatePerm call into
the wrong place in pg_resetwal.c, namely after the chdir to DataDir.
That broke invocations using a relative path, as reported by Tushar Ahuja.
We could have left it where it was and changed the argument to be ".",
but that'd result in a rather confusing error message in event of a
failure, so re-ordering seems like a better solution.
Similarly reorder operations in pg_rewind.c. The issue there is that
it doesn't seem like a good idea to do any actual operations before the
not-root check (on Unix) or the restricted token acquisition (on Windows).
I don't know that this is an actual bug, but I'm definitely not convinced
that it isn't, either.
Assorted other code review for c37b3d08c and da9b580d8: fix some
misspelled or otherwise badly worded comments, put the #include for
<sys/stat.h> where it actually belongs, etc.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/aeb9c3a7-3c3f-a57f-1a18-c8d4fcdc2a1f@enterprisedb.com
Commit 6e7baa3227 added support for "B" unit, for specifying config options
in bytes. However, it was only accepted in GUC_UNIT_BYTE settings,
wal_segment_size and track_activity_query_size, and not e.g. in work_mem.
This patch makes it consistent, so that "B" accepted in all the same
contexts where "kB", "MB", and so forth are accepted.
Add "B" to the list of accepted units in the error hint, along with "kB",
"MB", etc.
Add an entry in the conversion table for "TB" to "B" conversion. A terabyte
is out of range for any GUC_UNIT_BYTE option, so you always get an "out of
range" error with that, but without it, you get a confusing error message
that claims that "TB" is not an accepted unit, with a hint that nevertheless
lists "TB" as an accepted unit.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1bfe7f4a-7e22-aa6e-7b37-f4d222ed2d67@iki.fi
FindDefinedSymbol was intended to take an array of possible include
paths, but it never actually worked correctly for any but the first
array element. Since there's no use-case for more than one path
anyway, let's just simplify this code and its callers by redefining
it as taking only one include path.
Minor other code-beautification without functional effects, except
that in one place we format the output as pgindent would do.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGXM_n32hTTkircW4_K1LQFsJNb6xjs0pAP4QC0ZpyJfPQ@mail.gmail.com
In commit 6bdf1303b, we ensured that power()/^ for float8 would honor
the NaN behaviors specified by POSIX standards released in this century,
ie NaN ^ 0 = 1 and 1 ^ NaN = 1. However, numeric_power() was not
touched and continued to follow the once-common behavior that every
case involving NaN input produces NaN. For consistency, let's switch
the numeric behavior to the modern spec in the same release that ensures
that behavior for float8.
(Note that while 6bdf1303b was initially back-patched, we later undid
that, concluding that any behavioral change should appear only in v11.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10898.1526421338@sss.pgh.pa.us
Up to now, it's been safe for plpgsql to store TOAST pointers in its
variables because the ActiveSnapshot for whatever query called the plpgsql
function will surely protect such TOAST values from being vacuumed away,
even if the owning table rows are committed dead. With the introduction of
procedures, that assumption is no longer good in "non atomic" executions
of plpgsql code. We adopt the slightly brute-force solution of detoasting
all TOAST pointers at the time they are stored into variables, if we're in
a non-atomic context, just in case the owning row goes away.
Some care is needed to avoid long-term memory leaks, since plpgsql tends
to run with CurrentMemoryContext pointing to its call-lifespan context,
but we shouldn't assume that no memory is leaked by heap_tuple_fetch_attr.
In plpgsql proper, we can do the detoasting work in the "eval_mcontext".
Most of the code thrashing here is due to the need to add this capability
to expandedrecord.c as well as plpgsql proper. In expandedrecord.c,
we can't assume that the caller's context is short-lived, so make use of
the short-term sub-context that was already invented for checking domain
constraints. In view of this repurposing, it seems good to rename that
variable and associated code from "domain_check_cxt" to "short_term_cxt".
Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5AC06865.9050005@anastigmatix.net
- Change vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC to PGC_USERSET.
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor GUC was defined as PGC_SIGHUP. But this
GUC affects not only autovacuum. So it might be useful to change it from user
session in order to influence manually runned VACUUM.
- Add missing tab-complete support for vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor
reloption.
- Fix condition for B-tree index cleanup.
Zero value of vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor means that user wants B-tree
index cleanup to be never skipped.
- Documentation and comment improvements
Authors: Justin Pryzby, Alexander Korotkov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed by: all authors and Robert Haas
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20180502023025.GD7631%40telsasoft.com
DST law changes in North Korea. Redefinition of "daylight savings" in
Ireland, as well as for some past years in Namibia and Czechoslovakia.
Additional historical corrections for Czechoslovakia.
With this change, the IANA database models Irish timekeeping as following
"standard time" in summer, and "daylight savings" in winter, so that the
daylight savings offset is one hour behind standard time not one hour
ahead. This does not change their UTC offset (+1:00 in summer, 0:00 in
winter) nor their timezone abbreviations (IST in summer, GMT in winter),
though now "IST" is more correctly read as "Irish Standard Time" not "Irish
Summer Time". However, the "is_dst" column in the pg_timezone_names view
will now be true in winter and false in summer for the Europe/Dublin zone.
Similar changes were made for Namibia between 1994 and 2017, and for
Czechoslovakia between 1946 and 1947.
So far as I can find, no Postgres internal logic cares about which way
tm_isdst is reported; in particular, since commit b2cbced9e we do not
rely on it to decide how to interpret ambiguous timestamps during DST
transitions. So I don't think this change will affect any Postgres
behavior other than the timezone-view outputs.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30996.1525445902@sss.pgh.pa.us
The vertical tightness settings collapse vertical whitespace between
opening and closing brackets (parentheses, square brakets and braces).
This can make data structures in particular harder to read, and is not
very consistent with our style in non-Perl code. This patch restricts
that setting to parentheses only, and reformats all the perl code
accordingly. Not applying this to parentheses has some unfortunate
effects, so the consensus is to keep the setting for parentheses and not
for the others.
The diff for this patch does highlight some places where structures
should have trailing commas. They can be added manually, as there is no
automatic tool to do so.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a2f2b87c-56be-c070-bfc0-36288b4b41c1@2ndQuadrant.com
In Catalog.pm, mark eval of a string instead of a block as allowed.
Disallow perlcritic completely in Gen_dummy_probes.pl, as it's
generated code.
Protect a couple of lines in plperl code from perltidy, so that the
annotation for perlcritic stays on the same line as the construct it
would otherwise object to.
Most versions of "dtrace -h" drop const qualifiers from the declarations
of probe functions (though macOS gets it right). This causes compiler
warnings when we pass in pointers to const. Repair by extending our
existing post-processing of the probes.h file. To do so, assume that all
"char *" arguments should be "const char *"; that seems reasonably safe.
Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2j1pWSruQJqJ91ZDzD8w9ZZDsM4j2C6x75C-VryWg-_w@mail.gmail.com
In commit 8b29e88cd, I'd dithered about whether to make
in_range_float4_float8 be a standalone copy of the float in-range logic
or have it punt to in_range_float8_float8. I went with the latter, which
saves code space though at the cost of performance and readability.
However, it emerges that this tickles a compiler or hardware bug on
buildfarm member opossum. Test results from commit 55e0e4581 show
conclusively that widening a float4 NaN to float8 produces Inf, not NaN,
on that machine; which accounts perfectly for the window RANGE test
failures it's been showing. We can dodge this problem by making
in_range_float4_float8 be an independent function, so that it checks
for NaN inputs before widening them.
Ordinarily I'd not be very excited about working around such obviously
broken functionality; but given that this was a judgment call to begin
with, I don't mind reversing it.
Make these rules look more like the ones associated with genbki.pl,
to wit:
* Use a stamp file to record when we last ran the script, instead of
relying on the timestamps of the individual output files.
* Take the knowledge out of backend/Makefile and put it in utils/Makefile
where it belongs. I moved down the handling of errcodes.h and probes.h
too, although those continue to be built by separate processes.
In itself, this is just much-needed cleanup with little practical effect.
However, by decoupling these makefile rules from the timestamps of the
generated header files, we open the door to not advancing those timestamps
unnecessarily, which will be taken advantage of by the next commit.
msvc/Solution.pm should be taught to do things similarly, but I'll leave
that for another commit.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16925.1525376229@sss.pgh.pa.us
Failure to use DatumGetFoo/FooGetDatum macros correctly, or at all,
causes some warnings about sign conversion. This is just cosmetic
at the moment but in principle it's a type violation, so clean up
the instances I could find.
autoprewarm.c and sharedfileset.c contained code that unportably
assumed that pid_t is the same size as int. We've variously dealt
with this by casting pid_t to int or to unsigned long for printing
purposes; I went with the latter.
Fix uninitialized-variable warning in RestoreGUCState. This is
a live bug in some sense, but of no great significance given that
nobody is very likely to care what "line number" is associated with
a GUC that hasn't got a source file recorded.
There were three related issues:
* BufFileAppend() incorrectly reset the seek position on the 'source' file.
As a result, if you had called BufFileRead() on the file before calling
BufFileAppend(), it got confused, and subsequent calls would read/write
at wrong position.
* BufFileSize() did not work with files opened with BufFileOpenShared().
* FileGetSize() only worked on temporary files.
To fix, change the way BufFileSize() works so that it works on shared
files. Remove FileGetSize() altogether, as it's no longer needed. Remove
buffilesize from TapeShare struct, as the leader process can simply call
BufFileSize() to get the tape's size, there's no need to pass it through
shared memory anymore.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAH2-WznEDYe_NZXxmnOfsoV54oFkTdMy7YLE2NPBLuttO96vTQ@mail.gmail.com
Recent gcc can warn about switch-case fall throughs that are not
explicitly labeled as intentional. This seems like a good thing,
so clean up the warnings exposed thereby by labeling all such
cases with comments that gcc will recognize.
In files that already had one or more suitable comments, I generally
matched the existing style of those. Otherwise I went with
/* FALLTHROUGH */, which is one of the spellings approved at the
more-restrictive-than-default level -Wimplicit-fallthrough=4.
(At the default level you can also spell it /* FALL ?THRU */,
and it's not picky about case. What you can't do is include
additional text in the same comment, so some existing comments
containing versions of this aren't good enough.)
Testing with gcc 8.0.1 (Fedora 28's current version), I found that
I also had to put explicit "break"s after elog(ERROR) or ereport(ERROR);
apparently, for this purpose gcc doesn't recognize that those don't
return. That seems like possibly a gcc bug, but it's fine because
in most places we did that anyway; so this amounts to a visit from the
style police.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15083.1525207729@sss.pgh.pa.us
Buildfarm results show that the modern POSIX rule that 1 ^ NaN = 1 is not
honored on *BSD until relatively recently, and really old platforms don't
believe that NaN ^ 0 = 1 either. (This is unsurprising, perhaps, since
SUSv2 doesn't require either behavior.) In hopes of getting to platform
independent behavior, let's deal with all the NaN-input cases explicitly
in dpow().
Note that numeric_power() doesn't know either of these special cases.
But since that behavior is platform-independent, I think it should be
addressed separately, and probably not back-patched.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/75DB81BEEA95B445AE6D576A0A5C9E936A73E741@BPXM05GP.gisp.nec.co.jp
Per spec, the result of power() should be NaN if either input is NaN.
It appears that on some versions of Windows, the libc function does
return NaN, but it also sets errno = EDOM, confusing our code that
attempts to work around shortcomings of other platforms. Hence, add
guard tests to avoid substituting a wrong result for the right one.
It's been like this for a long time (and the odd behavior only appears
in older MSVC releases, too) so back-patch to all supported branches.
Dang Minh Huong, reviewed by David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/75DB81BEEA95B445AE6D576A0A5C9E936A73E741@BPXM05GP.gisp.nec.co.jp
Identify pg_replication_origin as a shared catalog in catalogs.sgml,
using the same boilerplate wording used for most other shared catalogs
(and tweak another place where someone had randomly deviated from
that boilerplate).
Make an example in mmgr/README more consistent with surrounding text.
Update an obsolete cross-reference in a comment in storage/block.h.
Zhuo Ql
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/44296255.1819230.1524889719001@mail.yahoo.com
Commit b75f467b6e removed the LogicalTapeAssignReadBufferSize() function,
but forgot to update this comment. The read buffer size is an argument to
LogicalTapeRewindForRead() now. Doesn't seem worth going into the details
in the file header comment, so remove the outdated sentence altogether.
This controls both plan-time and execution-time new-style partition
pruning. While finer-grain control is possible (maybe using an enum GUC
instead of boolean), there doesn't seem to be much need for that.
This new parameter controls partition pruning for all queries:
trivially, SELECT queries that affect partitioned tables are naturally
under its control since they are using the new technology. However,
while UPDATE/DELETE queries do not use the new code, we make the new GUC
control their behavior also (stealing control from
constraint_exclusion), because it is more natural, and it leads to a
more natural transition to the future in which those queries will also
use the new pruning code.
Constraint exclusion still controls pruning for regular inheritance
situations (those not involving partitioned tables).
Author: David Rowley
Review: Amit Langote, Ashutosh Bapat, Justin Pryzby, David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_0HwsxJG9m+nzU+CizxSdGtfe6iF_ykPYBiYft302DCw@mail.gmail.com
Coverity complained about the lack of a check on the return value in
parse_jsonb_index_flags' last call of JsonbIteratorNext. Seems like
a reasonable gripe to me, especially since the code is depending on
that being WJB_DONE to not leak memory, so add a check.
In passing, improve a couple other places where the result was being
ignored, either by adding an assert or at least a cast to void.
Also, don't spell "WJB_DONE" as "0". That's horrid coding style,
and it wasn't consistent either.
We were using CurrentMemoryContext to put the partsupfunc fmgr_info
into, which isn't right, because we want the PartitionKey as a whole to
be in the isolated Relation->rd_partkeycxt context. This can cause a
crash with user-defined support functions in the operator classes used
by partitioning keys. (Maybe this can cause problems with core-supplied
opclasses too, not sure.)
This is demonstrably broken in Postgres 10, too, but the initial
proposed fix runs afoul of a problem discussed back when 8a0596cb65
("Get rid of copy_partition_key") reorganized that code: namely that it
is possible to jump out of RelationBuildPartitionKey because of some
error and leave a dangling memory context child of CacheMemoryContext.
Also, while reviewing this I noticed that the removed-in-pg11
copy_partition_key was doing something wrong, unfixed in pg10, namely
doing memcpy() on the FmgrInfo, which is bogus (should be doing
fmgr_info_copy). Therefore, in branch pg10, the sane fix seems to be to
backpatch both the aforementioned 8a0596cb65 and its followup
be2343221f ("Protect against hypothetical memory leaks in
RelationGetPartitionKey"), so do that, then apply the fmgr_info memcxt
bugfix on top.
Add a test case exercising btree-based custom operator classes, which
causes a crash prior to this fix. This is not a security problem,
because in order to create an operator class you need superuser
privileges anyway.
Authors: Álvaro Herrera and Amit Langote
Reported and diagnosed by: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3041e853-b1dd-a0c6-ff21-7cc5633bffd0@lab.ntt.co.jp
- Explicitly forbids opclass, collation and indoptions (like DESC/ASC etc) for
including columns. Throw an error if user points that.
- Truncated storage arrays for such attributes to store only key atrributes,
added assertion checks.
- Do not check opfamily and collation for including columns in
CompareIndexInfo()
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5ee72852-3c4e-ee35-e2ed-c1d053d45c08@sigaev.ru
Make these scripts emit just one log message when they run, not one
per output file. The latter is way too verbose in the wake of
commit 372728b0d. The specific wording used is what already existed
in the MSVC scripts.
John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11103.1523208822@sss.pgh.pa.us
This reverts the backend sides of commit 1fde38beaa.
I have, at least for now, left the pg_verify_checksums tool in place, as
this tool can be very valuable without the rest of the patch as well,
and since it's a read-only tool that only runs when the cluster is down
it should be a lot safer.
Historically, the initial catalog data to be installed during bootstrap
has been written in DATA() lines in the catalog header files. This had
lots of disadvantages: the format was badly underdocumented, it was
very difficult to edit the data in any mechanized way, and due to the
lack of any abstraction the data was verbose, hard to read/understand,
and easy to get wrong.
Hence, move this data into separate ".dat" files and represent it in a way
that can easily be read and rewritten by Perl scripts. The new format is
essentially "key => value" for each column; while it's a bit repetitive,
explicit labeling of each value makes the data far more readable and less
error-prone. Provide a way to abbreviate entries by omitting field values
that match a specified default value for their column. This allows removal
of a large amount of repetitive boilerplate and also lowers the barrier to
adding new columns.
Also teach genbki.pl how to translate symbolic OID references into
numeric OIDs for more cases than just "regproc"-like pg_proc references.
It can now do that for regprocedure-like references (thus solving the
problem that regproc is ambiguous for overloaded functions), operators,
types, opfamilies, opclasses, and access methods. Use this to turn
nearly all OID cross-references in the initial data into symbolic form.
This represents a very large step forward in readability and error
resistance of the initial catalog data. It should also reduce the
difficulty of renumbering OID assignments in uncommitted patches.
Also, solve the longstanding problem that frontend code that would like to
use OID macros and other information from the catalog headers often had
difficulty with backend-only code in the headers. To do this, arrange for
all generated macros, plus such other declarations as we deem fit, to be
placed in "derived" header files that are safe for frontend inclusion.
(Once clients migrate to using these pg_*_d.h headers, it will be possible
to get rid of the pg_*_fn.h headers, which only exist to quarantine code
away from clients. That is left for follow-on patches, however.)
The now-automatically-generated macros include the Anum_xxx and Natts_xxx
constants that we used to have to update by hand when adding or removing
catalog columns.
Replace the former manual method of generating OID macros for pg_type
entries with an automatic method, ensuring that all built-in types have
OID macros. (But note that this patch does not change the way that
OID macros for pg_proc entries are built and used. It's not clear that
making that match the other catalogs would be worth extra code churn.)
Add SGML documentation explaining what the new data format is and how to
work with it.
Despite being a very large change in the catalog headers, there is no
catversion bump here, because postgres.bki and related output files
haven't changed at all.
John Naylor, based on ideas from various people; review and minor
additional coding by me; previous review by Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGWO48JbbwXkJz_yBFyGYW-M9YWxnPdxJBUosDC9ou_F0Q@mail.gmail.com
This rectifies an oversight in commit 8224de4f4, by adding a new
property 'can_include' for pg_indexam_has_property, and adjusting the
results of pg_index_column_has_property to give more appropriate
results for INCLUDEd columns.
Allow the cluster to be optionally init'd with read access for the
group.
This means a relatively non-privileged user can perform a backup of the
cluster without requiring write privileges, which enhances security.
The mode of PGDATA is used to determine whether group permissions are
enabled for directory and file creates. This method was chosen as it's
simple and works well for the various utilities that write into PGDATA.
Changing the mode of PGDATA manually will not automatically change the
mode of all the files contained therein. If the user would like to
enable group access on an existing cluster then changing the mode of all
the existing files will be required. Note that pg_upgrade will
automatically change the mode of all migrated files if the new cluster
is init'd with the -g option.
Tests are included for the backend and all the utilities which operate
on the PG data directory to ensure that the correct mode is set based on
the data directory permissions.
Author: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier, with discussion amongst many others.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad346fe6-b23e-59f1-ecb7-0e08390ad629%40pgmasters.net
Consolidate directory and file create permissions for tools which work
with the PG data directory by adding a new module (common/file_perm.c)
that contains variables (pg_file_create_mode, pg_dir_create_mode) and
constants to initialize them (0600 for files and 0700 for directories).
Convert mkdir() calls in the backend to MakePGDirectory() if the
original call used default permissions (always the case for regular PG
directories).
Add tests to make sure permissions in PGDATA are set correctly by the
tools which modify the PG data directory.
Authors: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>,
Adam Brightwell <adam.brightwell@crunchydata.com>
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier, with discussion amongst many others.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ad346fe6-b23e-59f1-ecb7-0e08390ad629%40pgmasters.net
This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause
specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in
the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to
benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have
appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE
columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans.
Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag
in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause.
In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples
(tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes
now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides
generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their
attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating
that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation.
The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special
handling of B-tree indexes for that.
Bump catalog version
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me
Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes,
David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
Jsonb has a complex nature so there isn't best-for-everything way to convert it
to tsvector for full text search. Current to_tsvector(json(b)) suggests to
convert only string values, but it's possible to index keys, numerics and even
booleans value. To solve that json(b)_to_tsvector has a second required
argument contained a list of desired types of json fields. Second argument is
a jsonb scalar or array right now with possibility to add new options in a
future.
Bump catalog version
Author: Dmitry Dolgov with some editorization by me
Reviewed by: Teodor Sigaev
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA+q6zcXJQbS1b4kJ_HeAOoOc=unfnOrUEL=KGgE32QKDww7d8g@mail.gmail.com
Update the built-in logical replication system to make use of the
previously added logical decoding for TRUNCATE support. Add the
required truncate callback to pgoutput and a new logical replication
protocol message.
Publications get a new attribute to determine whether to replicate
truncate actions. When updating a publication via pg_dump from an older
version, this is not set, thus preserving the previous behavior.
Author: Simon Riggs <simon@2ndquadrant.com>
Author: Marco Nenciarini <marco.nenciarini@2ndquadrant.it>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
This provides a newer version of adminpack which works with the newly
added default roles to support GRANT'ing to non-superusers access to
read and write files, along with related functions (unlinking files,
getting file length, renaming/removing files, scanning the log file
directory) which are supported through adminpack.
Note that new versions of the functions are required because an
environment might have an updated version of the library but still have
the old adminpack 1.0 catalog definitions (where EXECUTE is GRANT'd to
PUBLIC for the functions).
This patch also removes the long-deprecated alternative names for
functions that adminpack used to include and which are now included in
the backend, in adminpack v1.1. Applications using the deprecated names
should be updated to use the backend functions instead. Existing
installations which continue to use adminpack v1.0 should continue to
function until/unless adminpack is upgraded.
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231191939.GR2416%40tamriel.snowman.net
This patch adds new default roles named 'pg_read_server_files',
'pg_write_server_files', 'pg_execute_server_program' which
allow an administrator to GRANT to a non-superuser role the ability to
access server-side files or run programs through PostgreSQL (as the user
the database is running as). Having one of these roles allows a
non-superuser to use server-side COPY to read, write, or with a program,
and to use file_fdw (if installed by a superuser and GRANT'd USAGE on
it) to read from files or run a program.
The existing misc file functions are also changed to allow a user with
the 'pg_read_server_files' default role to read any files on the
filesystem, matching the privileges given to that role through COPY and
file_fdw from above.
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231191939.GR2416%40tamriel.snowman.net
This removes the explicit superuser checks in the various file-access
functions in the backend, specifically pg_ls_dir(), pg_read_file(),
pg_read_binary_file(), and pg_stat_file(). Instead, EXECUTE is REVOKE'd
from public for these, meaning that only a superuser is able to run them
by default, but access to them can be GRANT'd to other roles.
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171231191939.GR2416%40tamriel.snowman.net
This makes it possible to turn checksums on in a live cluster, without
the previous need for dump/reload or logical replication (and to turn it
off).
Enabling checkusm starts a background process in the form of a
launcher/worker combination that goes through the entire database and
recalculates checksums on each and every page. Only when all pages have
been checksummed are they fully enabled in the cluster. Any failure of
the process will revert to checksums off and the process has to be
started.
This adds a new WAL record that indicates the state of checksums, so
the process works across replicated clusters.
Authors: Magnus Hagander and Daniel Gustafsson
Review: Tomas Vondra, Michael Banck, Heikki Linnakangas, Andrey Borodin
THis adds a "flags" field to the BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnection()
and BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnectionByOid(). For now only one flag,
BGWORKER_BYPASS_ALLOWCONN, is defined, which allows the worker to ignore
datallowconn.
Error-tolerant conversion function with web-like syntax for search query,
it simplifies constraining search engine with close to habitual interface for
users.
Bump catalog version
Authors: Victor Drobny, Dmitry Ivanov with editorization by me
Reviewed by: Aleksander Alekseev, Tomas Vondra, Thomas Munro, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/fe931111ff7e9ad79196486ada79e268@postgrespro.ru
Maintainers of out-of-tree PLs typically need access to the set of
error codes. To avoid the need to duplicate that information in some
form in PL source trees, provide errcodes.txt as part of a server
installation.
Thomas Munro, based on a suggestion from Andrew Gierth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87woykk7mu.fsf%40news-spur.riddles.org.uk
This is a blind fix, since I don't have SE-Linux to verify it.
Per unwanted change in rhinoceros, running sepgsql tests. Noted by Tom
Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/32347.1522865050@sss.pgh.pa.us
Vacuum of index consists from two stages: multiple (zero of more) ambulkdelete
calls and one amvacuumcleanup call. When workload on particular table
is append-only, then autovacuum isn't intended to touch this table. However,
user may run vacuum manually in order to fill visibility map and get benefits
of index-only scans. Then ambulkdelete wouldn't be called for indexes
of such table (because no heap tuples were deleted), only amvacuumcleanup would
be called In this case, amvacuumcleanup would perform full index scan for
two objectives: put recyclable pages into free space map and update index
statistics.
This patch allows btvacuumclanup to skip full index scan when two conditions
are satisfied: no pages are going to be put into free space map and index
statistics isn't stalled. In order to check first condition, we store
oldest btpo_xact in the meta-page. When it's precedes RecentGlobalXmin, then
there are some recyclable pages. In order to check second condition we store
number of heap tuples observed during previous full index scan by cleanup.
If fraction of newly inserted tuples is less than
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor, then statistics isn't considered to be
stalled. vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor can be defined as both reloption and GUC (default).
This patch bumps B-tree meta-page version. Upgrade of meta-page is performed
"on the fly": during VACUUM meta-page is rewritten with new version. No special
handling in pg_upgrade is required.
Author: Masahiko Sawada, Alexander Korotkov
Review by: Peter Geoghegan, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alexander Korotkov, Yura Sokolov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAD21AoAX+d2oD_nrd9O2YkpzHaFr=uQeGr9s1rKC3O4ENc568g@mail.gmail.com
Previous coding was passing the wrong table's tuple descriptor, which
accidentally fails to fail because no existing test case exercises a
foreign key in which the referenced attributes are further to the right
of the referencing attributes.
Add a test so that further breakage is visible.
This got broken in 16828d5c02.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180403204723.fqte755nukgm42uf@alvherre.pgsql
The prefix operator along with SP-GiST indexes can be used as an alternative
for LIKE 'word%' commands and it doesn't have a limitation of string/prefix
length as B-Tree has.
Bump catalog version
Author: Ildus Kurbangaliev with some editorization by me
Review by: Arthur Zakirov, Alexander Korotkov, and me
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20180202180327.222b04b3@wp.localdomain
Add the target context's name to the errdetail field of "out of memory"
errors in mcxt.c. Per discussion, this seems likely to be useful to
help narrow down the cause of a reported failure, and it costs little.
Also, now that context names are required to be compile-time constants
in all cases, there's little reason to be concerned about security
issues from exposing these names to users. (Because of such concerns,
we are *not* including the context "ident" field.)
In passing, add unlikely() markers to the allocation-failed tests,
just to be sure the compiler is on the right page about that.
Also, in palloc and friends, copy CurrentMemoryContext into a local
variable, as that's almost surely cheaper to reference than a global.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1099.1522285628@sss.pgh.pa.us
Add explicit cast from scalar jsonb to all numeric and bool types. It would be
better to have cast from scalar jsonb to text too but there is already a cast
from jsonb to text as just text representation of json. There is no way to have
two different casts for the same type's pair.
Bump catalog version
Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with editorization by Nikita Glukhov and me
Review by: Aleksander Alekseev, Nikita Glukhov, Darafei Praliaskouski
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0154d35a-24ae-f063-5273-9ffcdf1c7f2e@postgrespro.ru
Previously, committing or aborting inside a cursor loop was prohibited
because that would close and remove the cursor. To allow that,
automatically convert such cursors to holdable cursors so they survive
commits or rollbacks. Portals now have a new state "auto-held", which
means they have been converted automatically from pinned. An auto-held
portal is kept on transaction commit or rollback, but is still removed
when returning to the main loop on error.
This supports all languages that have cursor loop constructs: PL/pgSQL,
PL/Python, PL/Perl.
Reviewed-by: Ildus Kurbangaliev <i.kurbangaliev@postgrespro.ru>
This provides infrastructure to allow JITed code to inline code
implemented in C. This e.g. can be postgres internal functions or
extension code.
This already speeds up long running queries, by allowing the LLVM
optimizer to optimize across function boundaries. The optimization
potential currently doesn't reach its full potential because LLVM
cannot optimize the FunctionCallInfoData argument fully away, because
it's allocated on the heap rather than the stack. Fixing that is
beyond what's realistic for v11.
To be able to do that, use CLANG to convert C code to LLVM bitcode,
and have LLVM build a summary for it. That bitcode can then be used to
to inline functions at runtime. For that the bitcode needs to be
installed. Postgres bitcode goes into $pkglibdir/bitcode/postgres,
extensions go into equivalent directories. PGXS has been modified so
that happens automatically if postgres has been compiled with LLVM
support.
Currently this isn't the fastest inline implementation, modules are
reloaded from disk during inlining. That's to work around an apparent
LLVM bug, triggering an apparently spurious error in LLVM assertion
enabled builds. Once that is resolved we can remove the superfluous
read from disk.
Docs will follow in a later commit containing docs for the whole JIT
feature.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
tuplesort_gettupleslot() passed back tuples allocated in the tuplesort's
own memory context, even when the caller was responsible to free them.
This created a double-free hazard, because some callers might destroy
the tuplesort object (via tuplesort_end) before trying to clean up the
last returned tuple. To avoid this, change the API to specify that the
tuple is allocated in the caller's memory context. v10 and HEAD already
did things that way, but in 9.5 and 9.6 this is a live bug that can
demonstrably cause crashes with some grouping-set usages.
In 9.5 and 9.6, this requires doing an extra tuple copy in some cases,
which is unfortunate. But the amount of refactoring needed to avoid it
seems excessive for a back-patched change, especially since the cases
where an extra copy happens are less performance-critical.
Likewise change tuplesort_getdatum() to return pass-by-reference Datums
in the caller's context not the tuplesort's context. There seem to be
no live bugs among its callers, but clearly the same sort of situation
could happen in future.
For other tuplesort fetch routines, continue to allocate the memory in
the tuplesort's context. This is a little inconsistent with what we now
do for tuplesort_gettupleslot() and tuplesort_getdatum(), but that's
preferable to adding new copy overhead in the back branches where it's
clearly unnecessary. These other fetch routines provide the weakest
possible guarantees about tuple memory lifespan from v10 on, anyway,
so this actually seems more consistent overall.
Adjust relevant comments to reflect these API redefinitions.
Arguably, we should change the pre-9.5 branches as well, but since
there are no known failure cases there, it seems not worth the risk.
Peter Geoghegan, per report from Bernd Helmle. Reviewed by Kyotaro
Horiguchi; thanks also to Andreas Seltenreich for extracting a
self-contained test case.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1512661638.9720.34.camel@oopsware.de
Currently adding a column to a table with a non-NULL default results in
a rewrite of the table. For large tables this can be both expensive and
disruptive. This patch removes the need for the rewrite as long as the
default value is not volatile. The default expression is evaluated at
the time of the ALTER TABLE and the result stored in a new column
(attmissingval) in pg_attribute, and a new column (atthasmissing) is set
to true. Any existing row when fetched will be supplied with the
attmissingval. New rows will have the supplied value or the default and
so will never need the attmissingval.
Any time the table is rewritten all the atthasmissing and attmissingval
settings for the attributes are cleared, as they are no longer needed.
The most visible code change from this is in heap_attisnull, which
acquires a third TupleDesc argument, allowing it to detect a missing
value if there is one. In many cases where it is known that there will
not be any (e.g. catalog relations) NULL can be passed for this
argument.
Andrew Dunstan, heavily modified from an original patch from Serge
Rielau.
Reviewed by Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra and David Rowley.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31e2e921-7002-4c27-59f5-51f08404c858@2ndQuadrant.com
Originally, we treated memory context names as potentially variable in
all cases, and therefore always copied them into the context header.
Commit 9fa6f00b1 rethought this a little bit and invented a distinction
between fixed and variable names, skipping the copy step for the former.
But we can make things both simpler and more useful by instead allowing
there to be two parts to a context's identification, a fixed "name" and
an optional, variable "ident". The name supplied in the context create
call is now required to be a compile-time-constant string in all cases,
as it is never copied but just pointed to. The "ident" string, if
wanted, is supplied later. This is needed because typically we want
the ident to be stored inside the context so that it's cleaned up
automatically on context deletion; that means it has to be copied into
the context before we can set the pointer.
The cost of this approach is basically just an additional pointer field
in struct MemoryContextData, which isn't much overhead, and is bought
back entirely in the AllocSet case by not needing a headerSize field
anymore, since we no longer have to cope with variable header length.
In addition, we can simplify the internal interfaces for memory context
creation still further, saving a few cycles there. And it's no longer
true that a custom identifier disqualifies a context from participating
in aset.c's freelist scheme, so possibly there's some win on that end.
All the places that were using non-compile-time-constant context names
are adjusted to put the variable info into the "ident" instead. This
allows more effective identification of those contexts in many cases;
for example, subsidary contexts of relcache entries are now identified
by both type (e.g. "index info") and relname, where before you got only
one or the other. Contexts associated with PL function cache entries
are now identified more fully and uniformly, too.
I also arranged for plancache contexts to use the query source string
as their identifier. This is basically free for CachedPlanSources, as
they contained a copy of that string already. We pay an extra pstrdup
to do it for CachedPlans. That could perhaps be avoided, but it would
make things more fragile (since the CachedPlanSource is sometimes
destroyed first). I suspect future improvements in error reporting will
require CachedPlans to have a copy of that string anyway, so it's not
clear that it's worth moving mountains to avoid it now.
This also changes the APIs for context statistics routines so that the
context-specific routines no longer assume that output goes straight
to stderr, nor do they know all details of the output format. This
is useful immediately to reduce code duplication, and it also allows
for external code to do something with stats output that's different
from printing to stderr.
The reason for pushing this now rather than waiting for v12 is that
it rethinks some of the API changes made by commit 9fa6f00b1. Seems
better for extension authors to endure just one round of API changes
not two.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB=Je-FdtmFZ9y9REHD7VsSrnCkiBhsA4mdsLKSPauwXtQBeNA@mail.gmail.com
If the value of an index expression is unchanged after UPDATE,
allow HOT updates where previously we disallowed them, giving
a significant performance boost in those cases.
Particularly useful for indexes such as JSON->>field where the
JSON value changes but the indexed value does not.
Submitted as "surjective indexes" patch, now enabled by use
of new "recheck_on_update" parameter.
Author: Konstantin Knizhnik
Reviewer: Simon Riggs, with much wordsmithing and some cleanup
Performing JIT compilation for deforming gains performance benefits
over unJITed deforming from compile-time knowledge of the tuple
descriptor. Fixed column widths, NOT NULLness, etc can be taken
advantage of.
Right now the JITed deforming is only used when deforming tuples as
part of expression evaluation (and obviously only if the descriptor is
known). It's likely to be beneficial in other cases, too.
By default tuple deforming is JITed whenever an expression is JIT
compiled. There's a separate boolean GUC controlling it, but that's
expected to be primarily useful for development and benchmarking.
Docs will follow in a later commit containing docs for the whole JIT
feature.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
For years, our makefiles have correctly observed that "there is no correct
way to write a rule that generates two files". However, what we did is to
provide empty rules that "generate" the secondary output files from the
primary one, and that's not right either. Depending on the details of
the creating process, the primary file might end up timestamped later than
one or more secondary files, causing subsequent make runs to consider the
secondary file(s) out of date. That's harmless in a plain build, since
make will just re-execute the empty rule and nothing happens. But it's
fatal in a VPATH build, since make will expect the secondary file to be
rebuilt in the build directory. This would manifest as "file not found"
failures during VPATH builds from tarballs, if we were ever unlucky enough
to ship a tarball with apparently out-of-date secondary files. (It's not
clear whether that has ever actually happened, but it definitely could.)
To ensure that secondary output files have timestamps >= their primary's,
change our makefile convention to be that we provide a "touch $@" action
not an empty rule. Also, make sure that this rule actually gets invoked
during a distprep run, else the hazard remains.
It's been like this a long time, so back-patch to all supported branches.
In HEAD, I skipped the changes in src/backend/catalog/Makefile, because
those rules are due to get replaced soon in the bootstrap data format
patch, and there seems no need to create a merge issue for that patch.
If for some reason we fail to land that patch in v11, we'll need to
back-fill the changes in that one makefile from v10.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18556.1521668179@sss.pgh.pa.us
Using the standard bool type provided by C allows some recent compilers
and debuggers to give better diagnostics. Also, some extension code and
third-party headers are increasingly pulling in stdbool.h, so it's
probably saner if everyone uses the same definition.
But PostgreSQL code is not prepared to handle bool of a size other than
1, so we keep our own old definition if we encounter a stdbool.h with a
bool of a different size. (Among current build farm members, this only
applies to old macOS versions on PowerPC.)
To check that the used bool is of the right size, add a static
assertions about size of GinTernaryValue vs bool. This is currently the
only place that assumes that bool and char are of the same size.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3a0fe7e1-5ed1-414b-9230-53bbc0ed1f49@2ndquadrant.com
In addition to the interpretation of expressions (which back
evaluation of WHERE clauses, target list projection, aggregates
transition values etc) support compiling expressions to native code,
using the infrastructure added in earlier commits.
To avoid duplicating a lot of code, only support emitting code for
cases that are likely to be performance critical. For expression steps
that aren't deemed that, use the existing interpreter.
The generated code isn't great - some architectural changes are
required to address that. But this already yields a significant
speedup for some analytics queries, particularly with WHERE clauses
filtering a lot, or computing multiple aggregates.
Author: Andres Freund
Tested-By: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
Disable JITing for VALUES() nodes.
VALUES() nodes are only ever executed once. This is primarily helpful
for debugging, when forcing JITing even for cheap queries.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
This adds simple cost based plan time decision about whether JIT
should be performed. jit_above_cost, jit_optimize_above_cost are
compared with the total cost of a plan, and if the cost is above them
JIT is performed / optimization is performed respectively.
For that PlannedStmt and EState have a jitFlags (es_jit_flags) field
that stores information about what JIT operations should be performed.
EState now also has a new es_jit field, which can store a
JitContext. When there are no errors the context is released in
standard_ExecutorEnd().
It is likely that the default values for jit_[optimize_]above_cost
will need to be adapted further, but in my test these values seem to
work reasonably.
Author: Andres Freund, with feedback by Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
This commit introduces the ability to actually generate code using
LLVM. In particular, this adds:
- Ability to emit code both in heavily optimized and largely
unoptimized fashion
- Batching facility to allow functions to be defined in small
increments, but optimized and emitted in executable form in larger
batches (for performance and memory efficiency)
- Type and function declaration synchronization between runtime
generated code and normal postgres code. This is critical to be able
to access struct fields etc.
- Developer oriented jit_dump_bitcode GUC, for inspecting / debugging
the generated code.
- per JitContext statistics of number of functions, time spent
generating code, optimizing, and emitting it. This will later be
employed for EXPLAIN support.
This commit doesn't yet contain any code actually generating
functions. That'll follow in later commits.
Documentation for GUCs added, and for JIT in general, will be added in
later commits.
Author: Andres Freund, with contributions by Pierre Ducroquet
Testing-By: Thomas Munro, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
If the partition keys of input relation are part of the GROUP BY
clause, all the rows belonging to a given group come from a single
partition. This allows aggregation/grouping over a partitioned
relation to be broken down * into aggregation/grouping on each
partition. This should be no worse, and often better, than the normal
approach.
If the GROUP BY clause does not contain all the partition keys, we can
still perform partial aggregation for each partition and then finalize
aggregation after appending the partial results. This is less certain
to be a win, but it's still useful.
Jeevan Chalke, Ashutosh Bapat, Robert Haas. The larger patch series
of which this patch is a part was also reviewed and tested by Antonin
Houska, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, David Rowley, Dilip Kumar, Konstantin
Knizhnik, Pascal Legrand, and Rafia Sabih.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM2+6=V64_xhstVHie0Rz=KPEQnLJMZt_e314P0jaT_oJ9MR8A@mail.gmail.com
This commit introduces:
1) JIT provider abstraction, which allows JIT functionality to be
implemented in separate shared libraries. That's desirable because
it allows to install JIT support as a separate package, and because
it allows experimentation with different forms of JITing.
2) JITContexts which can be, using functions introduced in follow up
commits, used to emit JITed functions, and have them be cleaned up
on error.
3) The outline of a LLVM JIT provider, which will be fleshed out in
subsequent commits.
Documentation for GUCs added, and for JIT in general, will be added in
later commits.
Author: Andres Freund, with architectural input from Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170901064131.tazjxwus3k2w3ybh@alap3.anarazel.de
Pending some solution for the problems noted in commit 742869946,
disallow dynamic creation of GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables.
If there are any extensions out there using this feature, they'd not
be happy for us to start enforcing this rule in minor releases, so
this is a HEAD-only change. The previous commit didn't make things
any worse than they already were for such cases.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180111064900.GA51030@paquier.xyz
Code that prints out the contents of setconfig or proconfig arrays in
SQL format needs to handle GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables differently from
other ones, because for those variables, flatten_set_variable_args()
already applied a layer of quoting. The value can therefore safely
be printed as-is, and indeed must be, or flatten_set_variable_args()
will muck it up completely on reload. For all other GUC variables,
it's necessary and sufficient to quote the value as a SQL literal.
We'd recognized the need for this long ago, but mis-analyzed the
need slightly, thinking that all GUC_LIST_INPUT variables needed
the special treatment. That's actually wrong, since a valid value
of a LIST variable might include characters that need quoting,
although no existing variables accept such values.
More to the point, we hadn't made any particular effort to keep the
various places that deal with this up-to-date with the set of variables
that actually need special treatment, meaning that we'd do the wrong
thing with, for example, temp_tablespaces values. This affects dumping
of SET clauses attached to functions, as well as ALTER DATABASE/ROLE SET
commands.
In ruleutils.c we can fix it reasonably honestly by exporting a guc.c
function that allows discovering the flags for a given GUC variable.
But pg_dump doesn't have easy access to that, so continue the old method
of having a hard-wired list of affected variable names. At least we can
fix it to have just one list not two, and update the list to match
current reality.
A remaining problem with this is that it only works for built-in
GUC variables. pg_dump's list obvious knows nothing of third-party
extensions, and even the "ask guc.c" method isn't bulletproof since
the relevant extension might not be loaded. There's no obvious
solution to that, so for now, we'll just have to discourage extension
authors from inventing custom GUCs that need GUC_LIST_QUOTE.
This has been busted for a long time, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Michael Paquier and Tom Lane, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi and
Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180111064900.GA51030@paquier.xyz
refresh_by_match_merge() has some issues in the way it builds a SQL
query to construct the "diff" table:
1. It doesn't require the selected unique index(es) to be indimmediate.
2. It doesn't pay attention to the particular equality semantics enforced
by a given index, but just assumes that they must be those of the column
datatype's default btree opclass.
3. It doesn't check that the indexes are btrees.
4. It's insufficiently careful to ensure that the parser will pick the
intended operator when parsing the query. (This would have been a
security bug before CVE-2018-1058.)
5. It's not careful about indexes on system columns.
The way to fix#4 is to make use of the existing code in ri_triggers.c
for generating an arbitrary binary operator clause. I chose to move
that to ruleutils.c, since that seems a more reasonable place to be
exporting such functionality from than ri_triggers.c.
While #1, #3, and #5 are just latent given existing feature restrictions,
and #2 doesn't arise in the core system for lack of alternate opclasses
with different equality behaviors, #4 seems like an issue worth
back-patching. That's the bulk of the change anyway, so just back-patch
the whole thing to 9.4 where this code was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13836.1521413227@sss.pgh.pa.us
This allows specifying an external command for prompting for or
otherwise obtaining passphrases for SSL key files. This is useful
because in many cases there is no TTY easily available during service
startup.
Also add a setting ssl_passphrase_command_supports_reload, which allows
supporting SSL configuration reload even if SSL files need passphrases.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
We call this thing a "transaction block" everywhere except in a few
functions, where it is mysteriously called a "transaction chain". In
the SQL standard, a transaction chain is something different. So rename
these functions to match the common terminology.
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Fix the warnings created by the compiler warning options
-Wformat-overflow=2 -Wformat-truncation=2, supported since GCC 7. This
is a more aggressive variant of the fixes in
6275f5d28a, which GCC 7 warned about by
default.
The issues are all harmless, but some dubious coding patterns are
cleaned up.
One issue that is of external interest is that BGW_MAXLEN is increased
from 64 to 96. Apparently, the old value would cause the bgw_name of
logical replication workers to be truncated in some circumstances.
But this doesn't actually add those warning options. It appears that
the warnings depend a bit on compilation and optimization options, so it
would be annoying to have to keep up with that. This is more of a
once-in-a-while cleanup.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
In a top-level CALL, the values of INOUT arguments will be returned as a
result row. In PL/pgSQL, the values are assigned back to the input
arguments. In other languages, the same convention as for return a
record from a function is used. That does not require any code changes
in the PL implementations.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Several places used similar code to convert a string to an int, so take
the function that we already had and make it globally available.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
A Value node would store an integer as a long. This causes needless
portability risks, as long can be of varying sizes. Change it to use
int instead. All code using this was already careful to only store
32-bit values anyway.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
One of the things canonicalize_qual() does is to remove constant-NULL
subexpressions of top-level AND/OR clauses. It does that on the assumption
that what it's given is a top-level WHERE clause, so that NULL can be
treated like FALSE. Although this is documented down inside a subroutine
of canonicalize_qual(), it wasn't mentioned in the documentation of that
function itself, and some callers hadn't gotten that memo.
Notably, commit d007a9505 caused get_relation_constraints() to apply
canonicalize_qual() to CHECK constraints. That allowed constraint
exclusion to misoptimize situations in which a CHECK constraint had a
provably-NULL subclause, as seen in the regression test case added here,
in which a child table that should be scanned is not. (Although this
thinko is ancient, the test case doesn't fail before 9.2, for reasons
I've not bothered to track down in detail. There may be related cases
that do fail before that.)
More recently, commit f0e44751d added an independent bug by applying
canonicalize_qual() to index expressions, which is even sillier since
those might not even be boolean. If they are, though, I think this
could lead to making incorrect index entries for affected index
expressions in v10. I haven't attempted to prove that though.
To fix, add an "is_check" parameter to canonicalize_qual() to specify
whether it should assume WHERE or CHECK semantics, and make it perform
NULL-elimination accordingly. Adjust the callers to apply the right
semantics, or remove the call entirely in cases where it's not known
that the expression has one or the other semantics. I also removed
the call in some cases involving partition expressions, where it should
be a no-op because such expressions should be canonical already ...
and was a no-op, independently of whether it could in principle have
done something, because it was being handed the qual in implicit-AND
format which isn't what it expects. In HEAD, add an Assert to catch
that type of mistake in future.
This represents an API break for external callers of canonicalize_qual().
While that's intentional in HEAD to make such callers think about which
case applies to them, it seems like something we probably wouldn't be
thanked for in released branches. Hence, in released branches, the
extra parameter is added to a new function canonicalize_qual_ext(),
and canonicalize_qual() is a wrapper that retains its old behavior.
Patch by me with suggestions from Dean Rasheed. Back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24475.1520635069@sss.pgh.pa.us
We were independently checking ReservedBackends < MaxConnections and
max_wal_senders < MaxConnections, but because walsenders aren't allowed
to use superuser-reserved connections, that's really the wrong thing.
Correct behavior is to insist on ReservedBackends + max_wal_senders being
less than MaxConnections. Fix the code and associated documentation.
This has been wrong for a long time, but since the situation probably
hardly ever arises in the field (especially pre-v10, when the default
for max_wal_senders was zero), no back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28271.1520195491@sss.pgh.pa.us
If convert_to_scalar is passed a pair of datatypes it can't cope with,
its former behavior was just to elog(ERROR). While this is OK so far as
the core code is concerned, there's extension code that would like to use
scalarltsel/scalargtsel/etc as selectivity estimators for operators that
work on non-core datatypes, and this behavior is a show-stopper for that
use-case. If we simply allow convert_to_scalar to return FALSE instead of
outright failing, then the main logic of scalarltsel/scalargtsel will work
fine for any operator that behaves like a scalar inequality comparison.
The lack of conversion capability will mean that we can't estimate to
better than histogram-bin-width precision, since the code will effectively
assume that the comparison constant falls at the middle of its bin. But
that's still a lot better than nothing. (Someday we should provide a way
for extension code to supply a custom version of convert_to_scalar, but
today is not that day.)
While poking at this issue, we noted that the existing code for handling
type bytea in convert_to_scalar is several bricks shy of a load.
It assumes without checking that if the comparison value is type bytea,
the bounds values are too; in the worst case this could lead to a crash.
It also fails to detoast the input values, so that the comparison result is
complete garbage if any input is toasted out-of-line, compressed, or even
just short-header. I'm not sure how often such cases actually occur ---
the bounds values, at least, are probably safe since they are elements of
an array and hence can't be toasted. But that doesn't make this code OK.
Back-patch to all supported branches, partly because author requested that,
but mostly because of the bytea bugs. The change in API for the exposed
routine convert_network_to_scalar() is theoretically a back-patch hazard,
but it seems pretty unlikely that any third-party code is calling that
function directly.
Tomas Vondra, with some adjustments by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b68441b6-d18f-13ab-b43b-9a72188a4e02@2ndquadrant.com
The new column distinguishes normal functions, procedures, aggregates,
and window functions. This replaces the existing columns proisagg and
proiswindow, and replaces the convention that procedures are indicated
by prorettype == 0. Also change prorettype to be VOIDOID for procedures.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
formrdesc's comment listed the specific catalogs it is called for,
but the list was out of date. Rather than jumping back onto that
maintenance treadmill, let's just remove the list. It tells the
reader nothing that can't be learned quickly and more reliably by
searching relcache.c for callers of formrdesc().
Oversight noted by Kyotaro Horiguchi.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180214.105314.138966434.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
Commit a26116c6c accidentally changed the behavior of the SQL format_type()
function while refactoring. For the reasons explained in that function's
comment, a NULL typemod argument should behave differently from a -1
argument. Since we've managed to break this, add a regression test
memorializing the intended behavior.
In passing, be consistent about the type of the "flags" parameter.
Noted by Rushabh Lathia, though I revised the patch some more.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGPqQf3RB2q-d2Awp_-x-Ur6aOxTUwnApt-vm-iTtceZxYnePg@mail.gmail.com
Solaris 11.4 has built-in functions named b64_encode and b64_decode.
Rename ours to something else to avoid the conflict (fortunately,
ours are static so the impact is limited).
One could wish for less duplication of code in this area, but that
would be a larger patch and not very suitable for back-patching.
Since this is a portability fix, we want to put it into all supported
branches.
Report and initial patch by Rainer Orth, reviewed and adjusted a bit
by Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ydd372wk28h.fsf@CeBiTec.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
Historically, pg_dump has "set search_path = foo, pg_catalog" when
dumping an object in schema "foo", and has also caused that setting
to be used while restoring the object. This is problematic because
functions and operators in schema "foo" could capture references meant
to refer to pg_catalog entries, both in the queries issued by pg_dump
and those issued during the subsequent restore run. That could
result in dump/restore misbehavior, or in privilege escalation if a
nefarious user installs trojan-horse functions or operators.
This patch changes pg_dump so that it does not change the search_path
dynamically. The emitted restore script sets the search_path to what
was used at dump time, and then leaves it alone thereafter. Created
objects are placed in the correct schema, regardless of the active
search_path, by dint of schema-qualifying their names in the CREATE
commands, as well as in subsequent ALTER and ALTER-like commands.
Since this change requires a change in the behavior of pg_restore
when processing an archive file made according to this new convention,
bump the archive file version number; old versions of pg_restore will
therefore refuse to process files made with new versions of pg_dump.
Security: CVE-2018-1058
Recent Perl versions don't have the current directory in the module
include path anymore, so we need to add it here explicitly to make these
scripts continue to work.
Commit 0a459cec9 left this for later, but since time's running out,
I went ahead and took care of it. There are more data types that
somebody might someday want RANGE support for, but this is enough
to satisfy all expectations of the SQL standard, which just says that
"numeric, datetime, and interval" types should have RANGE support.
Add the user-callable functions sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512. We
already had these in the C code to support SCRAM, but there was no test
coverage outside of the SCRAM tests. Adding these as user-callable
functions allows writing some tests. Also, we have a user-callable md5
function but no more modern alternative, which led to wide use of md5 as
a general-purpose hash function, which leads to occasional complaints
about using md5.
Also mark the existing md5 functions as leak-proof.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Introduce a new format_type_extended, with a flags bitmask argument that
can modify the default behavior. A few compatibility and readability
wrappers remain:
format_type_be
format_type_be_qualified
format_type_with_typemod
while format_type_with_typemod_qualified, which had a single caller, is
removed.
Author: Michael Paquier, some revisions by me
Discussion: 20180213035107.GA2915@paquier.xyz
This has a performance benefit on own, although not hugely so. The
primary benefit is that it will allow for to JIT tuple deforming and
comparator invocations.
Large parts of this were previously committed (773aec7aa), but the
commit contained an omission around cross-type comparisons and was
thus reverted.
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171129080934.amqqkke2zjtekd4t@alap3.anarazel.de
elog(FATAL) would end up calling PortalCleanup(), which would call
executor shutdown code, which could fail and crash, especially under
parallel query. This was introduced by
8561e4840c, which did not want to mark an
active portal as failed by a normal transaction abort anymore. But we
do need to do that for an elog(FATAL) exit. Introduce a variable
shmem_exit_inprogress similar to the existing proc_exit_inprogress, so
we can tell whether we are in the FATAL exit scenario.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Other header files should never #include postgres.h (nor postgres_fe.h,
nor c.h), per project policy. Also, there's no need for any backend .c
file to explicitly include elog.h or palloc.h, because postgres.h pulls
those in already.
Extracted from a larger patch by Kyotaro Horiguchi. The rest of the
removals he suggests require more study, but these are no-brainers.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180215.200447.209320006.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
This reverts commit 773aec7aa9.
There's an unresolved issue in the reverted commit: It only creates
one comparator function, but in for the nodeSubplan.c case we need
more (c.f. FindTupleHashEntry vs LookupTupleHashEntry calls in
nodeSubplan.c).
This isn't too difficult to fix, but it's not entirely trivial
either. The fact that the issue only causes breakage on 32bit systems
shows that the current test coverage isn't that great. To avoid
turning half the buildfarm red till those two issues are addressed,
revert.
All of these are false positives, but in each case a fair amount of
analysis is needed to see that, and it's not too surprising that not all
compilers are smart enough. (In particular, in the logtape.c case, a
compiler lacking the knowledge provided by the Assert would almost surely
complain, so that this warning will be seen in any non-assert build.)
Some of these are of long standing while others are pretty recent,
but it only seems worth fixing them in HEAD.
Jaime Casanova, tweaked a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJGNTeMcYAMJdPAom52dppLMtF-UnEZi0dooj==75OEv1EoBZA@mail.gmail.com
Formerly, DTYPE_REC was used only for variables declared as "record";
variables of named composite types used DTYPE_ROW, which is faster for
some purposes but much less flexible. In particular, the ROW code paths
are entirely incapable of dealing with DDL-caused changes to the number
or data types of the columns of a row variable, once a particular plpgsql
function has been parsed for the first time in a session. And, since the
stored representation of a ROW isn't a tuple, there wasn't any easy way
to deal with variables of domain-over-composite types, since the domain
constraint checking code would expect the value to be checked to be a
tuple. A lesser, but still real, annoyance is that ROW format cannot
represent a true NULL composite value, only a row of per-field NULL
values, which is not exactly the same thing.
Hence, switch to using DTYPE_REC for all composite-typed variables,
whether "record", named composite type, or domain over named composite
type. DTYPE_ROW remains but is used only for its native purpose, to
represent a fixed-at-compile-time list of variables, for instance the
targets of an INTO clause.
To accomplish this without taking significant performance losses, introduce
infrastructure that allows storing composite-type variables as "expanded
objects", similar to the "expanded array" infrastructure introduced in
commit 1dc5ebc90. A composite variable's value is thereby kept (most of
the time) in the form of separate Datums, so that field accesses and
updates are not much more expensive than they were in the ROW format.
This holds the line, more or less, on performance of variables of named
composite types in field-access-intensive microbenchmarks, and makes
variables declared "record" perform much better than before in similar
tests. In addition, the logic involved with enforcing composite-domain
constraints against updates of individual fields is in the expanded
record infrastructure not plpgsql proper, so that it might be reusable
for other purposes.
In further support of this, introduce a typcache feature for assigning a
unique-within-process identifier to each distinct tuple descriptor of
interest; in particular, DDL alterations on composite types result in a new
identifier for that type. This allows very cheap detection of the need to
refresh tupdesc-dependent data. This improves on the "tupDescSeqNo" idea
I had in commit 687f096ea: that assigned identifying sequence numbers to
successive versions of individual composite types, but the numbers were not
unique across different types, nor was there support for assigning numbers
to registered record types.
In passing, allow plpgsql functions to accept as well as return type
"record". There was no good reason for the old restriction, and it
was out of step with most of the other PLs.
Tom Lane, reviewed by Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8962.1514399547@sss.pgh.pa.us
The modern way is to use a missing_ok argument instead of two separate
almost-identical routines, so do that.
Author: Michaël Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180201063212.GE6398@paquier.xyz
This patch adds the ability to use "RANGE offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING"
frame boundaries in window functions. We'd punted on that back in the
original patch to add window functions, because it was not clear how to
do it in a reasonably data-type-extensible fashion. That problem is
resolved here by adding the ability for btree operator classes to provide
an "in_range" support function that defines how to add or subtract the
RANGE offset value. Factoring it this way also allows the operator class
to avoid overflow problems near the ends of the datatype's range, if it
wishes to expend effort on that. (In the committed patch, the integer
opclasses handle that issue, but it did not seem worth the trouble to
avoid overflow failures for datetime types.)
The patch includes in_range support for the integer_ops opfamily
(int2/int4/int8) as well as the standard datetime types. Support for
other numeric types has been requested, but that seems like suitable
material for a follow-on patch.
In addition, the patch adds GROUPS mode which counts the offset in
ORDER-BY peer groups rather than rows, and it adds the frame_exclusion
options specified by SQL:2011. As far as I can see, we are now fully
up to spec on window framing options.
Existing behaviors remain unchanged, except that I changed the errcode
for a couple of existing error reports to meet the SQL spec's expectation
that negative "offset" values should be reported as SQLSTATE 22013.
Internally and in relevant parts of the documentation, we now consistently
use the terminology "offset PRECEDING/FOLLOWING" rather than "value
PRECEDING/FOLLOWING", since the term "value" is confusingly vague.
Oliver Ford, reviewed and whacked around some by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGMVOdu9sivPAxbNN0X+q19Sfv9edEPv=HibOJhB14TJv_RCQg@mail.gmail.com
LogicalTapeFreeze() may write out its first block when it is dirty but
not full, and then immediately read the first block back in from its
BufFile as a BLCKSZ-width block. This can only occur in rare cases
where very few tuples were written out, which is currently only
possible with parallel external tuplesorts. To avoid valgrind
complaints, tell it to treat the tail of logtape.c's buffer as
defined.
Commit 9da0cc3528 exposed this problem
but did not create it. LogicalTapeFreeze() has always tended to write
out some amount of garbage bytes, but previously never wrote less than
one block of data in total, so the problem was masked.
Per buildfarm members lousyjack and skink.
Peter Geoghegan, based on a suggestion from Tom Lane and me. Some
comment revisions by me.
Failure to advance the list pointer while reading partition expressions
from a list results in invoking an input function with inappropriate data,
possibly leading to crashes or, with carefully crafted input, disclosure
of arbitrary backend memory.
Bug discovered independently by Álvaro Herrera and David Rowley.
This patch is by Álvaro but owes something to David's proposed fix.
Back-patch to v10 where the issue was introduced.
Security: CVE-2018-1052
To make this work, tuplesort.c and logtape.c must also support
parallelism, so this patch adds that infrastructure and then applies
it to the particular case of parallel btree index builds. Testing
to date shows that this can often be 2-3x faster than a serial
index build.
The model for deciding how many workers to use is fairly primitive
at present, but it's better than not having the feature. We can
refine it as we get more experience.
Peter Geoghegan with some help from Rushabh Lathia. While Heikki
Linnakangas is not an author of this patch, he wrote other patches
without which this feature would not have been possible, and
therefore the release notes should possibly credit him as an author
of this feature. Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Heikki Linnakangas,
Thomas Munro, Tels, Amit Kapila, me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQKM=Pzc=CAHzRixKjp2eO5Q0Jg1SoFQqeXFQ647JiwqQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=AxWqDoVvGU7dq856S4r6sJAj6DBn7VMtigkB33N5eyg@mail.gmail.com
There's never any value in giving a fully specified cache key to
SearchCatCacheList: you might as well call SearchCatCache instead,
since there could be only one match. So the maximum useful number of
key arguments is one less than the supported number of key columns.
We might as well remove the useless extra argument and save some few
bytes per call site, as well as a cycle or so per call.
I believe the reason it was coded like this is that originally, callers
had to write out all the dummy arguments in each call, and so it seemed
less confusing if SearchCatCache and SearchCatCacheList took the same
number of key arguments. But since commit e26c539e9, callers only write
their live arguments explicitly, making that a non-factor; and there's
surely been enough time for third-party modules to adapt to that coding
style. So this is only an ABI break not an API break for callers.
Per discussion with Oliver Ford, this might also make it less confusing
how to use SearchCatCacheList correctly.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27788.1517069693@sss.pgh.pa.us
The existing "connection authorized" server log messages used OpenSSL
API calls directly, even though similar abstracted API calls exist.
Change to use the latter instead.
Change the function prototype for the functions that return the TLS
version and the cipher to return const char * directly instead of
copying into a buffer. That makes them slightly easier to use.
Add bits= to the message. psql shows that, so we might as well show the
same information on the client and server.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
These were introduced in 4cbb646334, but
after further analysis and testing, they should not be necessary and
probably weren't the part of that commit that fixed anything.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Split the "Authentication and Security" section into two separate
sections "Authentication" and "SSL". The latter part has gotten much
longer over time, and doesn't primarily have to do with authentication.
Also, the row_security parameter was inconsistently categorized, so
clean that up while we're here.
In each of the supplied procedural languages (PL/pgSQL, PL/Perl,
PL/Python, PL/Tcl), add language-specific commit and rollback
functions/commands to control transactions in procedures in that
language. Add similar underlying functions to SPI. Some additional
cleanup so that transaction commit or abort doesn't blow away data
structures still used by the procedure call. Add execution context
tracking to CALL and DO statements so that transaction control commands
can only be issued in top-level procedure and block calls, not function
calls or other procedure or block calls.
- SPI
Add a new function SPI_connect_ext() that is like SPI_connect() but
allows passing option flags. The only option flag right now is
SPI_OPT_NONATOMIC. A nonatomic SPI connection can execute transaction
control commands, otherwise it's not allowed. This is meant to be
passed down from CALL and DO statements which themselves know in which
context they are called. A nonatomic SPI connection uses different
memory management. A normal SPI connection allocates its memory in
TopTransactionContext. For nonatomic connections we use PortalContext
instead. As the comment in SPI_connect_ext() (previously SPI_connect())
indicates, one could potentially use PortalContext in all cases, but it
seems safest to leave the existing uses alone, because this stuff is
complicated enough already.
SPI also gets new functions SPI_start_transaction(), SPI_commit(), and
SPI_rollback(), which can be used by PLs to implement their transaction
control logic.
- portalmem.c
Some adjustments were made in the code that cleans up portals at
transaction abort. The portal code could already handle a command
*committing* a transaction and continuing (e.g., VACUUM), but it was not
quite prepared for a command *aborting* a transaction and continuing.
In AtAbort_Portals(), remove the code that marks an active portal as
failed. As the comment there already predicted, this doesn't work if
the running command wants to keep running after transaction abort. And
it's actually not necessary, because pquery.c is careful to run all
portal code in a PG_TRY block and explicitly runs MarkPortalFailed() if
there is an exception. So the code in AtAbort_Portals() is never used
anyway.
In AtAbort_Portals() and AtCleanup_Portals(), we need to be careful not
to clean up active portals too much. This mirrors similar code in
PreCommit_Portals().
- PL/Perl
Gets new functions spi_commit() and spi_rollback()
- PL/pgSQL
Gets new commands COMMIT and ROLLBACK.
Update the PL/SQL porting example in the documentation to reflect that
transactions are now possible in procedures.
- PL/Python
Gets new functions plpy.commit and plpy.rollback.
- PL/Tcl
Gets new commands commit and rollback.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew.dunstan@2ndquadrant.com>
